Uflex - Marineclub
Transcript of Uflex - Marineclub
GUEST® Spotlights page 86-87
AFI® Marine Horns and Wiper Systems page 88-92
MARINCO® Shore Power Systems page 121-126
NEW
10
153
DIS
PLAY
S –
MA
RKET
ING
ITEM
S
FOREX:
65369 U - Dimensions: cm 70 x 100 (2.29’ x 3.28’)
65370 C - Dimensions: cm 119 x 168 (3.9’ x 5.5’)
Please contact our Marketing Department toask for the CD with all FOREX available.
UFLEX FLAG - 65226 V:Dimensions: 150 x 225 cm (4.92’ x 7.38’)
UFLEX flags are made of high resistancenylon, with anti-tears double hem,strengthening side sheathing and fixing line.The logo is printed on both sides and they areresistant to sunwear and washing.
65266 V
UFLEX SHIRT:Size S - 65355 GSize M - 65356 JSize L - 65357 LSize XL - 65358 N
UFLEX CAP - 65613 CHeavy cotton with adjustableback strip
STAND FOR ULTRAFLEX AND UFLEX PRODUCTS
73202 A - Customizable stand
41793 Y - White glass reinforced plastic stand, customizable with Uflexproducts such as marine instruments, compasses, pumps, etc.
41794 A - White glassreinforced plastic stand,customizable with Ultraflexproducts such as steeringwheels, control boxes,instruments, etc. g ’
g’
g ’
g’ g
’
g’
g ’
g’
ULTRAFLEX® - UFLEX® DISPLAYS – MARKETING ITEMS
40899 K
UFLEX and ULTRAFLEX ADHESIVE LABELS:Polished chromium polyester adesive labels. They can be used on blank stand also.Dimensions: 438 x 140 mm (17.24” x 5.51”)
UFLEX - 72257 XULTRAFLEX - 72308 M
UFLEX and ULTRAFLEX ADHESIVE LABELS:Printed on transparent vinyl
UFLEX - 65360 ZDimensions: 450 x 130 mm (17.71” x 5.12”)
ULTRAFLEX - 65359 RDimensions: 300 x 130 (11.81” x 5.12”)
VICTRON® Digital Multi Control page 137
BEP® Wireless remote controlfor battery switches page 109
VICTRON® Inverter/battery chargersQuattro/3000 page 132
FARIA® Calypso Series Instruments page 42-43
WEMA® - GPS Speedo page 47
NEW
10
1
ULTRAFLEX GROUP
Systems and accessories foralternative energy applications
Window and skylight remote controls.Innovative LED sign technology.
Mechanical remote controls in theindustrial field
Manufacturing the world's finest marine products.
Worldwide distribution of marineaccessories
Steering and control systems forpleasure boats.
UFLEX
ULTRAFLEX
UFLEX - Energy Division
ULTRAFLEX CONTROL SYSTEMS
INDUSTRIA di LEIVI
UFLEX USA
®
1935 - 2009Ultraflex Group has 74 years of experience in manufacturing
and distributing the highest quality and most innovative products.
The Ultraflex Group affiliate Companies that design and produce widely
known equipments in the marine, industrial, architectural,
Led technology and alternative energy fields.
Magnetic compasses
MARESI
ULTRAFLEX GROUP
2
3
Factory in Casella
Factory in Borgo Fornari
Quality management systemThe Ultraflex Quality System is certified CISQ-EQ Net by the
Italian Shipping
Registry (RINA), in conformity with the UNI EN ISO 9001 rule,
certification N420/96
The quality system involves all the company resources and
processes starting
from the design, in order to:
• assure product quality to the customer.
• set up the actions to maintain and improve the quality
standards constantly.
• pursue a continuous process improvement to meet the market
needs.
• maintain and verify conformity with ABYC requirements.2
4
IND
EX The descriptions and guidelines shown in this catalogshould be used as general reference only. For any furtherinformation please contact our Technical Service.
UCS®
HATCH LIFTERS
page 5 to 8
UFLEX®
GAS SPRINGSpage 9 to 14
INSTATRIM®
TRIM TABSpage 15 to 18
UFLEX®
MAGNETIC COMPASSES
page 19 to 34
UFLEX® - WEMA®
MARINEINSTRUMENTSpage 35 to 48
SHURFLO®
PUMPS, BILGE PUMPS, BLOWERS, SPRAYERSpage 49 to 59
RULE®
BILGE PUMPSpage 60 to 61
FLOWPUMP®
AUTOMATIC MARINEPUMPS
page 62
REVERSO®
OIL CHANGESYSTEMSpage 63 to 68
UFLEX®
ELECTRIC PUMPSAND BLOWERSpage 69 to 84
BEP MARINE®
ELECTRIC PANELSAND INSTRUMENTSpage 93 to 119
AFI® - GUEST®
SPOTLIGHTS, HORNS,WIPERSpage 85 to 92
PROSPEC®
MARINE STEREOSpage 120
VICTRON ENERGY®
BATTERY CHARGERS,INVERTERS, BATTERIESpage 127 to 138
MARINCO®
SHORE POWERSYSTEMSpage 121 to 126
MERMAID®
MARINE AIRCONDITIONING SYSTEMSpage 139 to 142
UFLEX®
ENERGY EQUIPMENTpage 143 to 152
ULTRAFLEX® - UFLEX®
DISPLAYS,MARKETING ITEMSpage 153
ULTRAFLEX CONTROL SYSTEMS S.r.l.
®
5
HAT
CH L
IFTE
RS
With
the
kin
d co
oper
atio
n of
Gob
bi S
.p.A
. and
Ses
sa M
arin
e S.
p.A
.
3
A
Ø
42(1.65”)
27.5(1.06”)
27.5(1.06”)
Ø 6.5
Ø 4
8 1.
9”
6
HAT
CH L
IFTE
RS
The AV hatch lifters are electromechanical products, especially designed for marine use on pleasure boats. They allow fullor partial opening and closing of heavy engine hatches, peak tanks, hatch beams etc. By activating a switch, it is possible to lift the hatch to any desired position from closed to full open; an internal self-locking mechanism will maintain the position preventing any accidental hatch closing. In case of a power failure anemergency device allows for manual opening.
AV SERIES ELECTRICAL HATCH LIFTERS
AV 3012 40671 C
40582 D
40584 H 12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
AV 4512
AV 6012
AV 3024 40672 E
40583 F
40585 K 24V DC
24V DC
24V DC
AV 4524
AV 6024
MODEL PART No. VOLTS STROKE LENGTH A(FULL CLOSED ACTUATOR)
EXTERNAL DIA.
TECHNICAL FEATURES■ According to the load required, the AV
hatch lifter can be mounted individually, orin twin cylinder installation for heavierloads. It is also possible to install more thentwo AV actuators in multiple applications.
■ Maximum load for single installations:1200N (120 kg - 265 lbs)
■ Maximum load for dual installations: 2400N(240 kg - 529 lbs)
■ Maximum load is recommended not to beexceeded.
■ Supplied with all mounting hardware.■ Stainless steel telescopic ram for manual
operation in case of emergency.■ Available on request without manual
emergency opening device for highperformance boats.
■ Circuit breaker to stop accidentaloverloading of the system and electronicstop at closed or full open position.
■ IP 65 protection rated■ Speed: 25mm/sec no load applied,
17 mm/sec maximum load ■ Current absorption in single installations:
10A at 12V, 5A at 24V■ Current absorption in dual installations:
20A at 12V, 10A at 24V■ AV 12VDC models are Ignition Protected.
UL1500 - ISO8846 approved.
BRACKET
OPTIONAL COMPONENTS:
RB12 - 40738 Y Relay box 12VRB24 - 40742 C Relay box 24VIt contains the relays needed for cyclerevertion.
SW20 - 61101 T 1 x 3 way single pole momentary switch(10-20 Amp)
BR/AV - 80382 ISpare fixing bracket
The rear bracket allowsa 125° oscillation rangeof the actuator
RB12SW20
48 mm (1.9”)600 mm (24”) 977 mm (38.4”)
450 mm (18”) 827 mm (32.5”) 48 mm (1.9”)
300 mm (12”) 677 mm (26.6”) 48 mm (1.9”)
600 mm (24”) 977 mm (38.4”) 48 mm (1.9”)
827 mm (32.5”)450 mm (18”) 48 mm (1.9”)
300 mm (12”) 677 mm (26.6”) 48 mm (1.9”)
210.8”
421.6”
572.2”
14,50.6”
14,50.6”
150.6”
6,50.2”
6,50.2”
20 0.7”
7,
50.
3”
30 1.2”
7,5 0.3”
210.8”
Ø 3
4 1.
3”
A
7
HAT
CH L
IFTE
RSMODEL PART No. VOLTS STROKE LENGTH A
(FULL CLOSED ACTUATOR)EXTERNAL DIA.
RB12SW20
OPTIONAL COMPONENTS:
RB12 - 40738 Y Relay box 12VRB24 - 40742 C Relay box 24VIt contains the relays needed for cyclerevertion.
SW20 - 61101 T1 x 3 way single pole momentary switch(10-20 Amp)
BR/UL - 35697 P Spare fixing bracket
ULYSSES 1812 40924 Q
40925 R 12V DC
12V DC
ULYSSES 3012
ULYSSES 1824 40926 S
40927 T 24V DC
24V DC
ULYSSES 3024
TECHNICAL FEATURES■ Single installation only■ Pull and push maximum load: 650N (65 kg
- 144 lbs)■ Pull and push maximum load is
recommended not to be exceeded.■ Supplied with all mounting hardware.■ Aluminium ram.■ Circuit breaker to stop accidental
overloading of the system and electronicstop at closed or full open position.
■ IP 65 protection rated■ Speed:
12V model:- 5 mm/sec no load applied- 4 mm/sec maximum load 24V model:- 8 mm/sec no load applied- 6 mm/sec maximum load
■ Current absorption: 2A at 12V, 1A at 24V
Highest installation flexibility: 180°oscillation range
ULYSSES SERIESELECTRICALLINEAR ACTUATORS
300 mm (12”) 635 mm (25.0”) 34 mm (1.3”)
180 mm (7”) 515 mm (20.3”) 34 mm (1.3”)
635 mm (25.0”)300 mm (12”) 34 mm (1.3”)
180 mm (7”) 515 mm (20.3”) 34 mm (1.3”)
4
8
HAT
CH L
IFTE
RS
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
COMPONENTS DESCRIPTIONAV Series Hatch Lifters• nº 1 AV actuator for single installation (Fig.1)• nº 2 AV actuators for dual installation (Fig.2) • External diameter: 1.9” (48 mm)• Length at closed position:
14.8” (377 mm)+ stroke • Maximum oscillation range: 125°
ULYSSES Series actuators• nº 1 Ulysses actuator (Fig.1)
no dual installation • External diameter: 1.3” (34 mm) • Length at closed position:
12.1” (308 mm)+ stroke • Maximum oscillation range: 180°
Power supply cable:• AV and ULYSSES actuators are supplied with
5 ft (1,5 m) of electrical cable• Warning: in case of longer cable length
required, do not substitute the existingharness, but make a junction following theinstructions supplied with the product.
Two way push-button with central off position(optional)
Fuse (not supplied)
Battery (not supplied)
INSTALLATION• The following equation will help you to
calculate the maximum strength (Fmax)required from the hatch lifter to open yourhatch, knowing the dimensions and weightof the hatch and the position of themounting brackets.
Fmax = P x d x L2 b a
P = weight of the hatch in Newtonc, a, b = dimensions in metres indicated inFig. 3 and Fig. 4L = hatch lifter length when in closed position
Maximum load (Fmax):• AV Series actuators:
1200 N (120 kg - 265 lbs) single installation,pushing only2400 N (240 kg - 530 lbs) dual installationpushing onlyNote: when the load exceeds 2400 N (240 kg- 530 lbs), it is possible to install more then two AV actuators
• ULYSSES actuators:650 N (65 kg - 144 lbs) single installationonly, both pull and push
AV ANDULYSSESSERIESELECTRICALHATCHLIFTERS
AV Actuator
Relay Box(optional)
Battery(not supplied)
Switch(optional)
AV Actuator
Relay Box(optional)
Battery(not supplied)
Switch(optional)
9
GA
S SP
RIN
GS
5
C
B
A
C
B
A
10
GA
S SP
RIN
GS
Gas springs are pneumatic force accumulators mainly used to lift, hold open and smoothly lowerhatches, covers, lids and doors. A gas spring, not equipped with a lock device, functions asfollows: the pressure of the compressed nitrogen gas contained in a tube provides the extensionforce of the spring as the result of the difference between the internal tube pressure and theatmospheric pressure. The gas flows from the highest to the lowest pressure compartment of thetube through a self-cleaning orifice in the piston rod causing the spring rod to telescope out ofthe pressure tube. Each tube incorporates a small quantity of oil that provides lubrication of the seals and of thepiston rod and, at the same time, a damping medium to control the opening speed of the coveror hatch.
UFLEX GASSPRINGS
INSTALLATION Ideal damping conditions are obtained when the spring gas is mounted with an angle of 30° fromthe vertical axis with the piston rod turned towards the hinge point: this proper installationprovides optimal performance and appropriate oil damping operation. If your application allows for quite large opening angles, a pointing up piston rod mounting maybe more appropriate, especially if the opening operation includes the passage of the rod fromthe horizontal position. When the spring rotates from B to C, the oil leaks into the gas throughthe orifice in the piston rod; the residual quantity of oil that remains between rod and conductorsprovides appropriate spent travel damping. With the piston rod pointing down and the spring in closed position, the oil is almost all leakedinto the gas through the holes and the residual quantity of oil remained between internal surfaceand piston head is not sufficient to provide a good spent travel damping.
WARNING ■ The rod surface should be protected against physical or chemical damages. ■ Lateral loads should be carefully avoided. ■ Attachment pivots should be well aligned. ■ Springs should be mounted according to previous installation instructions ensuring correct
orientation. ■ Tensile forces exceeding the output force as indicated for each single spring should be
avoided. ■ Working temperature – 30 ° C and + 80 °C.
TESTSTROKE
C
B
A
FAST
SLOW
CORRECT INCORRECT
C
B
A
11
GA
S SP
RIN
GS
Nitro-protected steel rod and marinecorrosion resistant black painted cylinder
END FITTINGS
APPLICATIONS Uflex provides gas springs in a variety of pressures to suit various installation needs, neverthelessit is the customer who decides which is the most convenient selection for a specific application.For more detailed information, please contact our Technical Service.
PACKAGING UFLEX gas springs are supplied in OEM or in Aftermarketpackaging. Please specify when ordering.
TYPE 1Welded Eyelet
TYPE 2 Welded Eyelet
TYPE 3Welded Eyelet
BLACKPAINTED GASSPRINGS
NOTE: The total length is measured from center pivot line to end fitting at fully extended spring.Further lengths, strokes and output forces available on request (20 pieces each size minimum order)
STROKE
L total ±2
Ø 8
(0.3
”)
Ø 1
8,5
(0.7
”)
MODEL
U95-5U95-10U95-20
257 (10.1)257 (10.1)257 (10.1)
95 (3.7)95 (3.7)95 (3.7)
5 (11.0)10 (22.0)20 (44.0)
8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)
64412 L64413 N64414 R
1 21 21 2
U140-10U140-20U140-30
365 (14.4)365 (14.4)365 (14.4)
142 (5.6)142 (5.6)142 (5.6)
10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)
8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)
64415 T64416 V64417 X
1 11 11 1
U235-10U235-20U235-30U235-40
550 (21.6)550 (21.6)550 (21.6)550 (21.6)
234 (9.2)234 (9.2)234 (9.2)234 (9.2)
10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)40 (88.1)
8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)
64418 Z64419 B64420 K64421 M
1 11 11 11 1
U260-20U260-30U260-40
600 (23.6)600 (23.6)600 (23.6)
262 (10.3)262 (10.3)262 (10.3)
20 (44.0)30 (66.1)40 (88.1)
8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)
64422 P64423 S64424 U
2 32 32 3
TOTAL LENGTH
mm (“)
STROKE
mm (“)
OUTPUTFORCE
Kg (lbs)
RODDIA.
mm (“)
END FITTING
SIDE A SIDE BTYPE TYPE
AFTERMARKETPACKAGING
Part No.
64312 G64313 J64314 L
64315 N64316 R64317 T
64318 V64319 X64320 F64321 H
64322 K64323 M64324 P
OEMPACKAGING
Part No.
U300-30U300-40U300-50
683 (26.8)683 (26.8)683 (26.8)
300 (11.8)300 (11.8)300 (11.8)
30 (66.1)40 (88.1)50 (110.2)
10 (0.4)10 (0.4)10 (0.4)
65300 E65301 G65302 J
2 22 22 2
65297 V65298 X65299 Z
6
M6 M6
Ø 8
(0.3
”)
Ø 1
8,5
(0.7
”)
12
GA
S SP
RIN
GS
Nitro-protected steel rod and marinecorrosion resistant black paintedcylinder. Thermoplastic ball bearing endfittings to be threaded on.
END FITTINGS
APPLICATIONS Uflex provides gas springs in a variety of pressures to suit various installation needs, neverthelessit is the customer who decides which is the most convenient selection for a specific application.For more detailed information, please contact our Technical Service.
PACKAGING UFLEX gas springs are supplied in OEM or in Aftermarketpackaging. Please specify when ordering.
BLACKPAINTEDGAS SPRINGSUB SERIES
NOTE: The total length is measured from center pivot line to end fitting at fully extended spring.Further lengths, strokes and output forces available on request (20 pieces each size minimum order)
NOTE: End fittings to beordered separatelyKit XB01 - 66510 K
STROKE
M6 M6
L total ±2
Ø 8
(0.3
”)
Ø 1
8,5
(0.7
”)
MODEL
UB100-5UB100-10UB100-20
275 (10.8)275 (10.8)275 (10.8)
100 (3.9)100 (3.9)100 (3.9)
5 (11.0)10 (22.0)20 (44.0)
6 (0.2)6 (0.2)6 (0.2)
66443 J66444 L66445 N
UB120-10UB120-20UB120-30
315 (12.4)315 (12.4)315 (12.4)
120 (4.7)120 (4.7)120 (4.7)
10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)
6 (0.2)6 (0.2)6 (0.2)
66446 R 66447 T 66448V
UB150-10UB150-20UB150-30
375 (14.7)375 (14.7)375 (14.7)
150 (5.9)150 (5.9)150 (5.9)
10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)
6 (0.2)6 (0.2)6 (0.2)
66449 X 66450 F 66451 H
UB180-10UB180-20UB180-30
445 (17.5)445 (17.5)445 (17.5)
180 (7.0)180 (7.0)180 (7.0)
10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)
8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)
66452 K 66453 M66454 P
TOTAL LENGTH
mm (“)
STROKE
mm (“)
OUTPUTFORCE
kg (lbs)
RODDIA.
mm (“)
AFTERMARKETPACKAGING
Part No.
66420 W66421 Y 66422 A
66423 C 66424 E66425 G
UB250-20UB250-30UB250-40
585 (23.0)585 (23.0)585 (23.0)
250 (9.8)250 (9.8)250 (9.8)
20 (44.0)30 (66.1)40 (88.1)
8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)
66459 A66460 J 66461 L
66437 P 66438 S 66439 U
UB300-30UB300-40UB300-50
700 (27.5)700 (27.5)700 (27.5)
300 (11.8)300 (11.8)300 (11.8)
30 (66.1)40 (88.1)
50 (110.2)
10 (0.4)10 (0.4)10 (0.4)
66462 N66463 R 66464 T
66440 C66441 E 66442 G
66426 J66427 L 66428 N
66429 R 66430 Z66431 B
OEMPACKAGING
Part No.
UB220-10UB220-20UB220-30UB220-40
525 (20.6)525 (20.6)525 (20.6)525 (20.6)
220 (8.6)220 (8.6)220 (8.6)220 (8.6)
10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)40 (88.1)
8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)
66455 S 66456 U 66457 W 66458 Y
66432 D 66433 F 66434 H 66436 M
18 mm
Kit KB01 - 66510 X: 2 ball bearing endfittings to be threaded on the gas spring
KB01
M6 M6
Ø 8
(0.3
”)
Ø 1
8,5
(0.7
”)
13
GA
S SP
RIN
GS
NOTE: End fittings to beordered separately:Kit KSS01 - 66514 F(ball-joint)orKit KSS02 - 66512 B(clevis)
STROKE
M6 M6
L total ±2
Ø 8
(0.3
”)
Ø 1
8,5
(0.7
”)
NOTE: The total length is measured from center pivot line to end fitting at fully extended spring.Further lengths, strokes and output forces available on request (20 pieces each size minimum order)
MODEL
USS100-5USS100-10USS100-20
275 (10.8)275 (10.8)275 (10.8)
100 (3.9)100 (3.9)100 (3.9)
5 (11.0)10 (22.0)20 (44.0)
6 (0.2)6 (0.2)6 (0.2)
66487 F 66488 H 66489 K
USS120-10USS120-20USS120-30
315 (12.4)315 (12.4)315 (12.4)
120 (4.7)120 (4.7)120 (4.7)
10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)
6 (0.2)6 (0.2)6 (0.2)
66490 U 66491 W 66492 Y
USS150-10USS150-20USS150-30
375 (14.7)375 (14.7)375 (14.7)
150 (5.9)150 (5.9)150 (5.9)
10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)
6 (0.2)6 (0.2)6 (0.2)
66493 A 66494 C66495 E
USS180-10USS180-20USS180-30
445 (17.5)445 (17.5)445 (17.5)
180 (7.0)180 (7.0)180 (7.0)
10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)
8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)
66496 G 66497 J66498 L
TOTAL LENGTH
mm (“)
STROKE
mm (“)
OUTPUTFORCE
kg (lbs)
RODDIA.
mm (“)
AFTERMARKETPACKAGING
Part No.
66465 V 66466 X66467 Z
66468 B 66469 D 66470 M
USS250-20USS250-30USS250-40
585 (23.0)585 (23.0)585 (23.0)
250 (9.8)250 (9.8)250 (9.8)
20 (44.0)30 (66.1)40 (88.1)
8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)
66503 A 66504 C 66505 E
66481 T 66482 V66483 X
USS300-30USS300-40USS300-50
700 (27.5)700 (27.5)700 (27.5)
300 (11.8)300 (11.8)300 (11.8)
30 (66.1)40 (88.1)50 (110.2)
10 (0.4)10 (0.4)10 (0.4)
66506 G 66507 J 66508 L
66484 Z 66485 B66486 D
66471 P 66472 S 66473 U
66474 W66475 Y66476 A
OEMPACKAGING
Part No.
USS220-10USS220-20USS220-30USS220-40
525 (20.6)525 (20.6)525 (20.6)525 (20.6)
220 (8.6)220 (8.6)220 (8.6)220 (8.6)
10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)40 (88.1)
8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)
66499 N 66500 U66501 W 66502 Y
66477 C 66478 E66479 G 66480 R
AISI 316 stailess steel rod, cylinder andthreaded end fittingsEnd fittings to be ordered separately
APPLICATIONS Uflex provides gas springs in a variety of pressures to suit various installation needs, neverthelessit is the customer who decides which is the most convenient selection for a specific application.For more detailed information, please contact our Technical Service.
END FITTINGS Kit KSS01 - 66514 F: 2 stainless steel ballbearing end fittings to be threaded onthe gas springKit KSS02 - 66512 B: 2 stainless steel eyeletend fittings to be threaded on the gasspring
PACKAGING UFLEX gas springs are supplied in OEM or in Aftermarket packaging. Please specify when ordering.
STAINLESSSTEELGAS SPRINGS USS SERIES
19 mm 22 mmKSS01 KSS02
7
12-0
.5”
3-0.1”
50-1.9” 7.5-
0.3“ 37
.6-1
.5”
33-1
.3”
50-1.9” 3-0.1”
37-1
.4”
8-0.
3”
25.2
-1,0
”
33-1
.3”
50-1.9” 3-0.1”
37-1
.4”
8-0.
3”
25.2
-1,0
”
12-0
.5”
3-0.1”
50-1.9” 7.5-
0.3“ 37
.6-1
.5”
33-1
.3”
50-1.9” 3-0.1”
37-1
.4”
8-0.
3”
25.2
-1,0
”
33-1
.3”
50-1.9” 3-0.1”
37-1
.4”
8-0.
3”
25.2
-1,0
”
14
GA
S SP
RIN
GS
BLACK THERMOPLASTIC BRACKETS WITH ZINC PLATEDSTEEL STUDS
SP 10 - 64325 S
SP 11 - 64326 U
SP 10
SP 11
POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL BRACKETSAND STUDS TO CARRY BALL BEARINGEND FITTINGS
Flat bracket:SB 10 - 66540 G
Square bent bracket with forward attachmentpoint:SB 11 - 66541 J
Square bent bracket with reverse attachmentpoint:SB 12 - 66542 L
GAS SPRINGMOUNTING BRACKETS
POLISHED STAINLESS STEELBRACKETS AND STUDS
Flat bracket:SI 20 - 64327 WSSN 20 - 65289 W - With self-locking nuts
Square bent bracket with forward attachmentpoint:SI 21 - 64328 YSSN 21 - 65290 E - With self-locking nuts
Square bent bracket with reverse attachmentpoint:SI 22 - 64329 ASSN 22 - 65291 G - With self-locking nuts
SI 20/SSN 20
SI 21/SSN 21
SI 22/SSN 22
SB10
SB11
SB12
SI 20
SI 21
SI 22
SSN 20
SSN 21
SSN 22
SB10
SB11
SB12
115515
TRIM
TA
BS8
16
TRIM
TA
BS
In boating performance is key. During acceleration or cruising, many factors can create unnecessary drag and aninefficient upward or listing attitude. You correct this with the simple touch of a switch: InstaTrim will deflect waterdownward to raise the stern and lower the bow. Automatically you are up and running and crui sing at peak performance with drammatically increased visibility, speedand control.
BOAT ATTITUDE CORRECTION SYSTEM (TRIM TABS)
One cylinder per tab complete set Components:■ Motor 12V DC
(24V DC on request)■ 1 Pair of stainless steel tabs■ 1 Pair of hydraulic cylinders complete with
fitting ■ 1 Litre of hydraulic oil■ 1 Water resistant rocker switch■ Hydraulic hose and harness■ 1 Funnel
Two cylinders per tab complete set Components:■ Motor 12V DC
(24V DC on request)■ 1 Pair of stainless steel tabs■ 2 Pair of hydraulic cylinders complete with
fitting■ 1 Litre of hydraulic oil■ 1 Water resistant rocker switch■ Hydraulic hose and harness■ 1 Funnel
GENERAL SIZING RECOMMENDATIONS
* Two hydraulic cylinders per tabNote: other tabs measurements are available on request.
NOTE: on request InstaTrim® trim tabs are also available with aluminum tabs instead of the standard stainless steelones. Please contact our Technical Service for further information.
Note: two hydrauliccylinders per tab aresupplied from 36” (92cm) and larger tabs.
BOAT TYPE LENGTH BOAT
Single outboard orI/O’s
TAB SIZE (cm)
30 x 20
46 x 20
12” x 8”
18” x 8”
60096 U
60194 Y
-
25 x 20 10” x 8” 61080 N
11.4 (25.1)
12.7 (27.9)
10.1 (22.3) -
-
30 x 28
46 x 28
12” x 11”
18” x 11”
60197 B 12.7 (27.9)
14.2 (31.3)
15.5 (34.2)
16.8 (37.0)
60198 E
-
35 x 28 14” x 11” 60953 P-
-
61 x 28 24” x 11” 60199 F-
TAB SIZE (in) PART No. WEIGHT kg (lbs)
Twin engineoutboard or I/O
61 x 20
76 x 20
24” x 8”
30” x 8”
60195 Z 14.5 (31.9)
16.3 (35.9)
18.2 (40.1)
19.8 (43.6)
60196 A
22’ - 25’
22’ - 25’
92 x 20 36” x 8” 60262 M*26’ - 29’
102 x 20 40” x 8” 60828 N*30’ - 36’
Inboards
63222 A
60997 F
60853 M
63813 A
(1 pz)
Set Bracket (4 pz)
60855 O
60905 H
61798 X
60912 G
60911 F
25ʼ 60856 P
60854 N
61231 G
17
TRIM
TA
BS
63222 A
60997 F
60853 M
63813 A
(1 pz)
Set Bracket (4 pz)
60855 O
60905 H
61798 X
60912 G
60911 F
25ʼ 60856 P
60854 N
61231 G
The page 90 general guideline makes the selection easier, however final selection should bemade with the assistance of a qualified installation technician. When given a choice of morethan one tab size, the largest trim tabs possible for your boat are the most efficient.
NOTE: These part numbers refer to 12 Volt systems. 24 Volt systems available on request.
ACCESSORIES
■ 62595 M - Tab locator - Singlestation - Black
■ 62596 P - Tab locator - Additionalstation - Black
■ 63222 A - Water resistant rockerswitch round - Additional station
Note: Do not simultaneously activateone tab up and the other tab down.
■ 62597 S - Tab locator - Singlestation - White
■ 62598 U - Tab locator - Additionalstation - White
SPARE PARTS
Warning
Cylinder 60853 M length: 240 mm (9.5”)
9
BoatLeveler Co.
18
TRIM
TA
BS
UNIVERSAL MOTOR PUMPUniversal Motor Pump that fits all brands of hydraulic trim tab motor pumps (eg. Bennettand Trim Master).
BoatLeveler Co.
FEATURES
■ Pump has an adjustable pressure relief valve set at 28 Bar.
■ Built-in bypass to permit fluid circulation in order to prevent pump stalling.
■ Motor has thermal overload protection.
■ Kit includes all necessary fittings for a 12V single cylinder system.
■ Kit contains biodegradable oil and funnel.
■ Heavy duty solenoid valves that lock cylinder in place.
■ 45 cm (18”) wire harness with colour coding instructions for other brands.
■ Installation instruction included.
■ Complete InstaTrim®
system kit in a colourful promotional packaging.
■ Especially designed fordistributors.
■ When ordering, pleasespecify the optional packaging.
COLOURFUL PACKAGING
Universal Motor Pump - 63736 J
MAGNETICCOMPASSES
119919
MAGNETICCOMPASSES
MA
GN
ETIC
CO
MPA
SSES
10
20
MA
GN
ETIC
CO
MPA
SSES
UFLEXCOMPASSES
Uflex offers a wide choice of models andstyles of compasses both for power and sailboats. Mounting options vary from bulkhead,flush or bracket mounting to deck or pedestalassembly.Every compass is a reliable instrumentfeaturing a patented vibration dampeningsystem that makes its card the most stableavailable on the market. Efficientcompensation magnets and standardillumination guarantee good readabilityduring all sea and weather conditions.Every Uflex compass is individually calibratedto ensure precision in highly variabletemperatures from –40 °C to +60 °C (-40°F to+140 °F)
POWERBOAT COMPASSESEasy to read, stylish compasses, they areextremely reliable and highly stable thanks tothe unique “Quietcard” shock absorbersystem. The patented vibration dampeningsystem combined with a low inertia card makethese compasses ideal for all powerboatapplications.
SAILBOAT COMPASSES
With their low inertia card design thatprovides high stability and readability in allconditions, these compasses represent the bestvalue in sailing. The 45° lubber lines and the45° built-in clinometer give the helmsmaninstant reference points for tacking and heelangle.
3 YEARS GUARANTEE
Our products are guaranteed, for a period ofthree years from the manufacture date,against defects in material and workmanship.Alleged defective products returned, freightprepaid, within the above said term, will berepaired or replaced at our option, free ofcharge, if found effectively below our qualitystandards.This guarantee does not cover other claims fordirect or indirect damage.In particular, we decline liability and excludeguarantee (except for what stated above) ifimproper installation or misuse should resultin the failure of our products.
Mounting and maintenance instructions areindicated in the instruction sheet suppliedwith the product.
CARD BALANCING
The cards in magnetic compasses are balanced to compensate forthe dip caused by the earth’s magnetic field. All Uflex compasses arestandard balanced for use in the Northern Hemisphere (Zone A).When ordering compasses to be used in the Southern Hemisphere(Zone B-C), please specify the zone number of your boating area.
NOTE: Venezia Series compasses are factory balanced for worldwide use.
All Uflex compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3, paragraph 2. Approved by the Finnish Maritime Administration.
• • • • •• • • • •
• • • • • •• • • • • •
• • •• • •
• • • • •• • • • •• • • • •• • • • •
• • • • •• • • • •• • • • •
• • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •
• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •
• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • •• • • • •• • • • •
• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •
• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • • •
• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •
• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • • •• • • • • • •• • • • • • •
21
MA
GN
ETIC
CO
MPA
SSES
P
I
S
A
seriesapparent diameter dial (mm) mounting
color ofhousing
P-80 BR/B
UFLEXCOMPASSES
A
M
A
L
F
I
INC
HES
FLU
SH M
OU
NT
(FL)
BR
AC
KET
(B
R)
BIN
NA
CLE
(B
I)
BU
LKH
EAD
(B
U)
BLA
CK
(B
)
WH
ITE
(W)
GR
AY
(G
)
YEL
LOW
(Y
)
CH
RO
ME
(CH
)
BLA
CK
WH
ITE
SEC
TOR
S
FRO
NT
REA
DIN
G
TOP
REA
DIN
G (
T)
CLI
NO
MET
ER
CO
MPE
NSA
TOR
S
ILLU
MIN
ATI
ON
FOR
E A
ND
AFT
RO
LL
MOUNTINGAPP.DIAL
DIAM.COLOUR OFHOUSING
DIALCOLOUR
TILTINGANGLE
DIALREADING
A-50 BI/B 2”
A-50 BI/Y 2”
A-50 BR/B 2” + - 30° + - 30°
A-50 BR/W 2” + - 30° + - 30°
A-50 K/B 2”
A-50 K/Y 2”
A-65 L BI/B 21/2” + - 30° + - 30°
A-65 L BI/W 21/2” + - 30° + - 30°
A-65 L BI/G 21/2” + - 30° + - 30°
A-65 L BI/CH 21/2” + - 30° + - 30°
A-65 L BR/B 21/2” + - 30° + - 30°
A-65 L BR/W 21/2” + - 30° + - 30°
A-65 L BR/G 21/2” + - 30° + - 30°
COLOMBO 21/2”
P-80 BR/B 3” + - 30° + - 30°
P-80 BR/W 3” + - 30° + - 30°
P-80 BR/G 3” + - 30° + - 30°
P-80 FL/B 3” + - 30° + - 30°
P-80 FL/W 3” + - 30° + - 30°
P-80 FL/G 3” + - 30° + - 30°
P-80 BI/B 3” + - 30° + - 30°
P-80 BI/W 3” + - 30° + - 30°
P-80 BI/G 3” + - 30° + - 30°
P-80 LP/B 3” + - 30° + - 30°
P-80 LP/W 3” + - 30° + - 30°
P-80 LP/G 3” + - 30° + - 30°
P-90 BU/B 31/2” + - 30° + - 30°
P-90 BU/W 31/2” + - 30° + - 30°
P-90 BU/CH 31/2” + - 30° + - 30°
P-90 BU/S 31/2” + - 30° + - 30°
P-95 BR/B 33/4” UNL. + - 45°
P-95 BR/W 33/4” UNL. + - 45°
P-95 BR/G 33/4” UNL. + - 45°
P-95 BR T/B 33/4” UNL. + - 45°
P-95 BR S/B 33/4” UNL. + - 45°
P-95 FL/B 33/4” + - 45° + - 45°
P-95 FL/W 33/4” + - 45° + - 45°
P-95 FL T/B 33/4” UNL. + - 45°
P-95 BU/B 33/4” UNL. + - 45°
P-95 BU/W 33/4” UNL. + - 45°
P-95 BU/G 33/4” UNL. + - 45°
P-95 BU S/B 33/4” UNL. + - 45°
P-95 BU S/W 33/4” UNL. + - 45°
P-95 BU SS/B 33/4” UNL. + - 45°
11
A
B
C
• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • • •
• • • • • • •• • • • • • •
• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •
22
MA
GN
ETIC
CO
MPA
SSES
GENOVA
VENEZIA
seriesapparent diameter dial (mm) mounting
color ofhousing
G-116 FL/B
UFLEXCOMPASSES
INC
HES
FLU
SH M
OU
NT
(FL)
BR
AC
KET
(B
R)
BIN
NA
CLE
(B
I)
BU
LKH
EAD
(B
U)
BLA
CK
(B
)
WH
ITE
(W)
GR
AY
(G
)
YEL
LOW
(Y
)
CH
RO
ME
(CH
)
BLA
CK
WH
ITE
SEC
TOR
S
FRO
NT
REA
DIN
G
TOP
REA
DIN
G (
T)
CLI
NO
MET
ER
CO
MPE
NSA
TOR
S
ILLU
MIN
ATI
ON
FOR
E A
ND
AFT
RO
LL
MOUNTINGAPP.DIAL
DIAM.COLOUR OFHOUSING
DIALCOLOUR
TILTINGANGLE
DIALREADING
G-116 FL/B 41/2” + - 45° + - 45°
G-116 FL T/B 41/2” UNL. + - 45°
G-116 FL ST/B 41/2” UNL. + - 45°
G-116 BI ST/B 41/2” UNL. + - 45°
G-116 BU S/B 41/2” UNL. + - 45°
V-135 FL T/B 55/16” + - 80° + - 80°
V-135 BI T/B 55/16” + - 80° + - 80°
V-135 BI T/P 55/16” + - 80° + - 80°
COLOMBO B
COLOMBO B
HANDBEARINGCOMPASSCOLOMBOA 2 1/2” (65 mm) apparent diameter dialcompass with a detachable bracket mounting.The bearing can be locked with a specialsystem. Maximum tilting angle is 30° in alldirections; the bracket is angled 15° forwardfrom vertical. LED illumination.
COLOMBO B – 62333 E - Black
111 mm - 4.37”A
180 mm - 7.1”B
15°C
A
B
A
B
23
MA
GN
ETIC
CO
MPA
SSES
A-50 AMALFI SERIES■ 2” (50 mm) apparent diameter dial■ front reading dial■ phosphorescent card■ built-in compensators A-50 BR models only■ Internal lighting A-50 BR models only
A-50 BINNACLE (BI)A handy marine compass supplied with aspecial bracket from which can be easilyremoved. The durable vibration dampeningmakes this compass ideal not only for allpower boat application, but also for dinghiesand other small sailboats. Tilting angleeffective up to 30°.
■ A-50 BI/B - 62332 C - black■ A-50 BI/Y - 62331 A - yellow
A-50 BRACKET (BR)A bracket mounted compass with multiplemounting capabilities, including surfacemounting. Illumination and built-incompensators as standard.
■ A-50 BR/B - 62336 L – black■ A-50 BR/W - 62335 J – white
A-50 KAYAK (K)This compass, designed for Kayak and Canoe,is easy to mount and detach. The compass canbe hooked to the kayak/canoa bungee cordsor eyelets using clips provided.
■ A-50 K/B - 62330 Y – black■ A-50 K/Y - 62329 P – yellow
A-50 BI/Y A-50 BI/B
A-50 BR/B A-50 BR/W
A-50 K/Y A-50 K/B
95 mm - 3.74”A
71,3 mm - 2.8”B
A50 BR
87 mm - 3.42”A
54 mm - 2.13”B
A50 BI
12
A
B
24
MA
GN
ETIC
CO
MPA
SSES
Clamshell packagingWithout IlluminationA-65 BI/B - 39320 N BlackA-65 BI/W - 39377 V White A-65 BI/G - 39375 R GreyA-65 BI/CH - 40901 T Chrome plated
With IlluminationA-65 L BI/B - 39350 Y BlackA-65 L BI/W - 39351 A White A-65 L BI/G - 39379 Z GreyA-65 L BI/CH - 40903 X Chrome plated
Box packagingWithout IlluminationA-65 BI/B box - 39382 M BlackA-65 BI/W box - 39383 P WhiteA-65 BI/G box - 39384 S GreyA-65 BI/CH box - 40905 B Chrome plated
With IlluminationA-65 L BI/B box - 39385 U BlackA-65 L BI/W box - 39386 W WhiteA-65 L BI/G box - 39387 Y GreyA-65 L BI/CH box - 40907 F Chrome plated
MOUNTING VERSATILITYOrder BRACKET 65if you wish to transformyour A-65 BI binnaclecompass in a A-65 BRbracket compass.
BRACKET 65/B – 39356 L - blackBRACKET 65/W – 40109 A - whiteBRACKET 65/G – 40110 J - grey
A-65 AMALFI SERIES■ 2 1/2” ( 65 mm ) apparent diameter dial■ front reading dial■ 5° dial graduation■ compact low profile■ snap-in mounting feature for easy removal■ binnacle or bracket installation■ shock resistant and antiscratching polycarbonate dome■ standard models with internal LED illumination ■ black, grey, white and chrome (binnacle only) housing■ clamshell or box standard packaging
A-65 BINNACLE INSTALLATION (BI)Low profile binnacle mounting compass that can be easily removed from its base acting on the snap-in mountingbracket.
A-65 BI/G
A-65 BI/CHA-65 BI/W
A-65 BI/B
86 mm - 3.39”A
78 mm - 3.1”BA-65 BI
B
A
C
25
MA
GN
ETIC
CO
MPA
SSES
Clamshell packagingWithout IlluminationA-65 BR/B - 39321 R Black A-65 BR/W - 39378 X WhiteA-65 BR/G - 39376 T Grey
With IlluminationA-65 L BR/B - 39352 C Black A-65 L BR/W - 39353 E WhiteA-65 L BR/G - 39380 H Grey
Box packagingWithout IlluminationA-65 BR/B box - 39388 A BlackA-65 BR/W box - 39389 C WhiteA-65 BR/G box - 39390 L Grey
With IlluminationA-65 L BR/B box - 39391 N BlackA-65 L BR/W box - 39392 R WhiteA-65 L BR/G box - 39393 T Grey
A-65 AMALFI SERIES■ 2 1/2” ( 65 mm ) apparent diameter dial■ front reading dial■ 5° dial graduation■ compact low profile■ snap-in mounting feature for easy removal■ binnacle or bracket installation■ shock resistant and antiscratching polycarbonate dome■ standard models with internal LED illumination ■ black, grey, white and chrome (binnacle only) housing■ clamshell or box standard packaging
A-65 BRACKET INSTALLATION (BR)The bracket version of the A-65 Amalfi series compass is designed for multiple mounting capabilities both in ahorizontal or inclined dashboard or a bulkhead. It can be easily removed from its bracket acting on the snap-inmounting system
A-65 BR/G
A-65 BR/W
A-65 BR/B
86 mm - 3.39”A
132 mm - 5.2”B
106 mm - 4.17”CA-65 BR
13
B
A
26
MA
GN
ETIC
CO
MPA
SSES
P-80 BRACKET MOUNT (BR)Bracket mount compasses easy to install in multiple ways both on a dashboard or a cabin overhead. The compass can beeasily removed from its brackets by loosening the two sidemounted amagnetic screws.
P-80 BR/B 39591 X – front reading, black housing and cardP-80 BR/W 39597 K – front reading, white housing and cardP-80 BR/G 39593 B – front reading, gray housing, black card
P-80 PISA SERIES■ 3” (80 mm) apparent diameter dial■ front reading dial■ low and compact profile■ bracket, flush, binnacle and bulkhead mount choice■ semi-gimbal system■ internal LED illumination■ built-in compensators (P-80 LP models excepted)■ available in black, white and gray housing■ 5° dial graduation■ single box packaging■ All Pisa series compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3, paragraph 2.
P-80 BR/GP-80 BR/B
P-80 BR/W
100 mm - 3.9”A
103.5 mm - 4.1”BP-80 BR
B
A
C
27
MA
GN
ETIC
CO
MPA
SSES
P-80 FLUSH MOUNT (FL)Flush mount compasses designed for mounting on top of an instrument panel or any flat surface from horizontal planeto 45° fore and aft tilt.
P-80 FL/B 40162 E – front reading, black housing and cardP-80 FL/W 40163 G – front reading, white housing and cardP-80 FL/G 41203 X – front reading, gray housing, black card
P-80 PISA SERIES■ 3” (80 mm) apparent diameter dial■ front reading dial■ low and compact profile■ bracket, flush, binnacle and bulkhead mount choice■ semi-gimbal system■ internal LED illumination■ built-in compensators (P-80 LP models excepted)■ available in black, white and gray housing■ 5° dial graduation■ single box packaging■ All Pisa series compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3, paragraph 2.
P-80 FL/G P-80 FL/B
P-80 FL/W
100 mm - 3.9”A
60 mm - 2.36”B
130 mm - 5.1”CP-80 FL
14
A
B
A
B
P-80 LP
28
MA
GN
ETIC
CO
MPA
SSES
P-80 BINNACLE MOUNT (BI)P-80 BI/B 40164 J – front reading, black housing and cardP-80 BI/W 40165 L – front reading, white housing and cardP-80 BI/G 41244 M – front reading, gray housing, black card
P-80 BINNACLE MOUNT “LOW PROFILE” (LP)P-80 LP/B 41245 P – front reading, black housing and cardP-80 LP/W 41246 S – front reading, white housing and cardP-80 LP/G 41247 U – front reading, gray housing, black card
NOTE: Compensation is not included in P-80 LP models.
P-80 PISA SERIES■ 3” (80 mm) apparent diameter dial■ front reading dial■ low and compact profile■ bracket, flush, binnacle and bulkhead mount choice■ semi-gimbal system■ internal LED illumination■ built-in compensators (P-80 LP models excepted)■ available in black, white and gray housing■ 5° dial graduation■ single box packaging■ All Pisa series compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3, paragraph 2.
P-80 BI/G P-80 BI/BP-80 BI/W
P-80 LP/G P-80 LP/BP-80 LP/W
100 mm - 3.9”A
90,5 mm - 3.6”BP-80 BI
100 mm - 3.9”A
75,5 mm - 3”B
P-80 LP
A
B
29
MA
GN
ETIC
CO
MPA
SSES
P-90 BULKHEAD MOUNT (BU)Bulkhead or panel mount compasses ideal for both sailing and motor boats. The gimballing system allows them to bemounted on a vertical or up to 45° front sloping console.
P-90 BU/B 41248 W – front reading, black housing and cardP-90 BU/W 41249 Y – front reading, white housing and cardP-90 BU/CH 41250 G – front reading, chrome plated housing, black cardP-90 BU/T 41251 J – front reading, titanium housing, black cardP-90 BU/S 41252 L – front reading, black housing, sector card
SCB-90 41253 N – optional black cover SCW-90 41254 R – optional white cover
P-90 PISA SERIES■ 3.5” (90 mm) apparent diameter dial■ front reading dial■ low and compact profile■ bracket, flush, binnacle and bulkhead mount choice■ semi-gimbal system■ internal LED illumination■ built-in compensators (P-80 LP models excepted)■ available in black, white, chrome and titanium (bulkhead only) housing■ 5° dial graduation■ single box packaging■ All Pisa series compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3, paragraph 2.
P-90 BU/B
P-90 BU/W
P-90 BU/CH
P-90 BU/T
58.5 mm - 2.3”A
146 mm - 5.75”BP-90 BU
P-90 BU/S
SCW-90 SCB-90
15
A
BC
30P-95 BR/B
P-95 BR/W
P-95 BR T/B
P-95 BR S/B
MA
GN
ETIC
CO
MPA
SSES
P-95 BRACKET MOUNT (BR)Bracket mount compasses easy to install in multiple ways both on a dashboard or a cabin overhead. The compass can beeasily removed from its bracket for security by loosening the two large bracket red knobs.
P-95 BR/B 62341 D – front reading, black housing and cardP-95 BR/W 62340 B – front reading, white housing and cardP-95 BR T/B 62450 J – top reading, black housing and cardP-95 BR S/B 62500 X – for sail boat, front reading, black housing and card
Sun Cover 62648 L – Optional Sun Cover
P-95 BR SPARE PARTS
RED KNOB FOR BRACKET 90442 UBLACK BRACKET 90444 YWHITE BRACKET 90445 A
P-95 PISA SERIES■ 3 3/4” (95 mm) apparent diameter dial■ choice of front or top reading dials in bracket and flush mount models■ bulkhead, bracket and flush mount choice■ LED illumination■ built-in compensators■ internal gimbal system■ 45° lubber lines and built-in clinometer scale up to 45° on sailboat models■ optional sun cover■ All Pisa series compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3, paragraph 2. Approved by the Finnish Maritime
Administration.
SUN COVER
127,5 mm - 5”A
82,5 mm - 3.25”B
140 mm - 5.5”CP-95 BR
A
B
C
D
31P-95 FL/W P-95 FL/B
P-95 FL T/B
MA
GN
ETIC
CO
MPA
SSES
P-95 FLUSH MOUNT (FL)Flush mount compasses designed for mounting on top of an instrument panel or any flat surface from horizontal planeto 45° fore and aft tilt. The optional spacer is used for altering the depth of flush mount and bulkhead modelcompasses.
P-95 FL/B 62344 K – front reading, black housing and card.P-95 FL/W 62343 H – front reading, white housing and cardP-95 FL T/B 62466 A – top reading, black housing and card
SPACER 62511 C - Optional Spacer
Sun Cover 62648 L - Optional Sun Cover
P-95 PISA SERIES■ 3 3/4” (95 mm) apparent diameter dial■ choice of front or top reading dials in bracket and flush mount models■ bulkhead, bracket and flush mount choice■ LED illumination■ built-in compensators■ internal gimbal system■ 45° lubber lines and built-in clinometer scale up to 45° on sailboat models■ optional sun cover■ All Pisa series compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3, paragraph 2. Approved by the Finnish Maritime
Administration.
SUN COVER
128 mm - 5”A
46 mm - 1,8”B
38 mm - 3.5”C
62 mm - 2.45”DP-95 FL
16
A
B
C
D
32
MA
GN
ETIC
CO
MPA
SSES
P-95 BU/B
P-95 BU/W
P-95 BU S/BP-95 BU/G
P-95 BU S/W
P-95 BU SS/B
P-95 BULKHEAD MOUNT (BU)Bulkhead or panel mount compasses with a gimballing system that allows them to be mounted on a vertical or up to45° front sloping console.
P-95 BU/B 62338 R – front reading, black housing and cardP-95 BU/W 62337 N – front reading, white housing and cardP-95 BU/G 62339 T – front reading, grey housing, black cardP-95 BU S/B 62447 W – for sailboats, front reading, black housing and cardP-95 BU S/W 62446 U – for sailboats, front reading, white housing and cardP-95 BU SS/B 62502 B – for sailboats, front reading, black housing, sector card
Sun Cover 62648 L - Optional Sun Cover
P-95 PISA SERIES■ 3 3/4” (95 mm) apparent diameter dial■ choice of front or top reading dials in bracket and flush mount models■ bulkhead, bracket and flush mount choice■ LED illumination■ built-in compensators■ internal gimbal system■ 45° lubber lines and built-in clinometer scale up to 45° on sailboat models■ optional sun cover■ All Pisa series compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3, paragraph 2. Approved by the Finnish Maritime
Administration.
SUN COVER
128 mm - 5”A
46 mm - 1,8”B
38 mm - 3.5”C
62 mm - 2.45”DP-95 BU
A
B
A
B
C
D
33
G-116 BI ST/B
G-116 FL ST/BG-116 FL T/B
G-116 BU S/B G-116 FL/B
MA
GN
ETIC
CO
MPA
SSES
G-116 FLUSH MOUNT (FL)G-116 FL/B 62453 R – front reading, black housing and cardG-116 FL T/B 62469 G – top reading, black housing and cardG-116 FL ST/B 62503 D – for sailboats, top reading, black housing and card
G-116 BINNACLE MOUNT (BI)G-116 BI ST/B 62504 F – for sailboats, top reading, black housing and card
G-116 BULKHEAD MOUNT (BU)G-116 BU S/B 62455 V – for sailboats, front reading, black housing and card
Sun Cover 62649 N – Optional Sun Cover
G-116 GENOVA SERIES■ 4 1/2“ (116 mm) apparent diameter dial■ choice of front or top reading dials in flush mount models■ bulkhead, binnacle and flush mount choice■ LED illumination■ Built-in compensators■ internal gimbal system■ 45° lubber lines and built-in clinometer scale up to 45° on sailboat models■ optional sun covers■ All Genova series compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3, paragraph 2. Approved by the Finnish Maritime
Administration.
SUN COVER
63 mm - 2.48”A
38,8 mm - 1.52”B
G-116 BI
A
80 mm - 3.5”
160 mm - 6.3”
B
C
63 mm - 2.5”
104 mm - 4.1”
D
G-116 BU - G-116 FL
17
A
B
C
C
A
E
B
D
34
MA
GN
ETIC
CO
MPA
SSES
V-135 BI T/B
V-135 BI T/P
V-135 FL T/B
V-135 FLUSH MOUNT (FL)V-135 FL T/B 62460 M – top reading, black housing and card
V-135 BINNACLE MOUNT (BI)V-135 BI T/B 62458 B – top reading, black housing and cardV-135 BI T/P 62459 D – top reading, polish steel housing, black card
V-135 VENEZIA SERIES■ 5 5/16” (135 mm) apparent diameter dial■ traditional top reading dial■ binnacle or flush mount choice■ light bulb illumination 12/24 V■ built-in compensators■ internal gimbal system■ 45° lubber lines■ factory balanced for world wide use■ standard sun covers■ All Venezia series compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3,
paragraph 2. Approved by the Finnish Maritime Administration.
135 mm - 5.3”A
194 mm - 7.64”B
178 mm - 7”C
V-135 BI
A
110 mm - 4.33”
135 mm - 5.3”
B
132 mm - 5.2”C
D
178 mm - 7”
82 mm - 3.23”
E
V-135 FL
35
MA
RIN
E IN
STRU
MEN
TS
18
36
INST
RUM
ENTS
- U
LTRA
AN
D U
LTRA
WH
ITE
SERI
ES
ULTRA
ULTRA WHITE
FEATURES:■ Perimeter-lighted black (ULTRA) or white
dial (ULTRA WHITE) with bold graphics.■ 12V DC, negative ground■ Black aluminum bezel.■ Flat glass lens.■ Metric and american scales.
Uflex instruments are single tested and CEmarked according to the European Standards.
new new
37
INST
RUM
ENTS
- U
LTRA
AN
D U
LTRA
WH
ITE
SERI
ES
INSTRUMENT DIAL RANGE DESCRIPTION SENDER ULTRAPART No.
ULTRA WHITEPART No.
Tachometer
Tach-Hourmeter
6000 RPM
7000 RPM
4000 RPM
4000 RPM
7000 RPM
4000 RPM
4000 RPM
• For all 4, 6 & 8 cylinder inboard & I/O gas engine.
• Universal for all outboard engines4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.
• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1mechanical take off
• Diesel, variable ratiofor alternator connection
• Universal for all outboard engines4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.
• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1mechanical take off
• Diesel, variable ratiofor alternator connection
Not required
Not required
Page 44
Not required
Not required
Page 44
Not required
60738 G
60509 S
60510 J
60510 J
61766 H
62049 H
62049 H
60691 K
60533 T
60534 U
60534 U
61767 K
62050 S
62050 S
Speedometer30 Knot50 Knot70 Knot
–Requires
pitot tube(Page 44)
60512 L60513 M60514 N
60536 W60537 X60538 A
Fuel level gauge E - 1/2 - F – Page 44 - 46 60518 T 60542 U
Water level gauge E - 1/2 - F – Page 46 60520 L 60544 W
Oil pressure gauge 5 bar10 bar – Page 44 60521 M
60522 N60545 X60546 Y
Transmission pressuregauge 25 bar – Not available 60523 O 60547 Z
Water temperaturegauge 40 - 120 °C – Page 44 60526 R 60550 U
Voltmeter 10-16 Volt20-32 Volt
For all 12 Volt electrical systemFor all 24 Volt electrical system
Not requiredNot required
60529 W60741 Z
60553 X60742 A
Hourmeter 10.000 ore Elapsed in hour/tenths, (12-32 volt) Not required 60530 Q 60554 Y
Ammeter 60 - 0 - 60 Indicates electrical charge/dischargerate Not required 60532 S 60540 S
Battery chargeindicator E - 1/2 - F
12 Volt, internally illuminated,remote mounted sensor with 20’
harness includedNot required 62080 B 62081 D
Clock – Quartz analog Not required 60531 R 60539 B
Synchonizer – All twin gas & diesel inboard Not required 60517 Q 60541 T
Rudder angleindicator
Port-Starboard Indicates relative position of rudder Page 44 60699 U 60700 Q
Trim gauge Up-Down
• Mercury & Mariner outboard,Mercruiser, Volvo DP, ’96 & newer,Volvo & Yamaha EST sterndrive.
• OMC outboard Johnson & Evinrude. • Yamaha & Evinrude Yamaha
outboard ’97 & newer.
Requires senderfor outboard
and sterndriveengines
61655 Y
62045 Z62047 D
62044 X
62046 B62048 F
HOLE SIZEmm - in
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.3785 - 3.3785 - 3.37
53 - 2.07
53 -2.07
53 - 2.0753 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.0753 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
85 - 3.37
53 - 2.07
53 -2.07
53 -2.0753 -2.07
ELECTRONIC FLUX-GATE COMPASS■ Auto compensation■ Easy to install and to read in all weather conditions■ Unaffected by metal objects in the vicinity of the compass indicator■ Includes: remote mounted sensor with 20’ plug in harness, instruction manual
and mounting hardware
61076 N – ULTRA Style Electronic Compass61077 O – ULTRA WHITE Style Electronic Compass
19
38
INST
RUM
ENTS
- BE
IGE
GO
LD A
ND
ULT
RAW
HIT
E SS
SER
IES
FEATURES:■ Perimeter-lighted beige (BEIGE GOLD) or
white dial (ULTRAWHITE SS) with boldgraphics.
■ 12V DC, negative ground■ Polished gold or polished stainless steel
bezel.■ Domed glass lens.■ Metric and american scales.
BEIGE GOLD
ULTRAWHITE SS
Uflex instruments are single tested and CEmarked according to the European Standards.
new new
39
INST
RUM
ENTS
- BE
IGE
GO
LD A
ND
ULT
RAW
HIT
E SS
SER
IES
INSTRUMENT DIAL RANGE DESCRIPTION SENDER BEIGE-GOLDPART No.
U-WHITE SSPART No.
Tachometer
Tach-Hourmeter
6000 RPM
7000 RPM
4000 RPM
4000 RPM
7000 RPM
4000 RPM
4000 RPM
• For all 4, 6 & 8 cylinder inboard & I/O gas engine.
• Universal for all outboard engines4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.
• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1mechanical take off
• Diesel, variable ratiofor alternator connection
• Universal for all outboard engines4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.
• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1mechanical take off
• Diesel, variable ratiofor alternator connection
Not required
Not required
Page 44
Not required
Not required
Page 44
Not required
62053 Y
62051 U
62054 A
62054 A
62055 C
62056 E
62056 E
62004 J
62003 G
62005 L
62005 L
62006 N
62007 R
62007 R
Speedometer30 Knot50 Knot70 Knot
–Requires
pitot tube(Page 44)
62057 G62058 J62059 L
62008 T62009 V62010 D
Fuel level gauge E - 1/2 - F – Page 44 - 46 62063 B 62014 M
Water level gauge E - 1/2 - F – Page 46 62067 K 62018 W
Oil pressure gauge 5 bar10 bar – Page 44 62065 F
62066 H62016 S62017 U
Transmission pressuregauge 25 bar – Not available 62077 N 62052 W
Water temperaturegauge 40 - 120 °C – Page 44 62073 E 62024 R
Voltmeter 10-16 Volt20-32 Volt
For all 12 Volt electrical systemFor all 24 Volt electrical system
Not requiredNot required
62071 A62072 C
62022 L62023 N
Hourmeter 10.000 ore Elapsed in hour / tenths (12-32 volt) Not required 62064 D 62015 P
Ammeter 60 - 0 - 60 Indicates electrical charge /discharge rate Not required 62060 V 62011 F
Battery chargeindicator E - 1/2 - F
12 Volt, internally illuminated,remote mounted sensor with 20’
harness includedNot required 62061 X 61012 H
Clock – Quartz analog Not required 62062 Z 62013 K
Syncronizer – All twin gas & diesel inboard Not required 62074 G 62025 T
Rudder angleindicator
Port-Starboard Indicates relative position of rudder Page 44 62076 L 62027 X
Trim indicator Up-Down
• For Mercury and Marineroutboards, Mercruiser, Volvo DP,’96 and newer, Volvo and YamahaEST sterndrives
• For OMC outboards• For Yamaha outboards ’97 and newer
Requires senderfor outboard
and sterndriveengines
62068 M
62069 P62070 Y
62019 Y
62020 G62021 J
HOLE SIZEmm - in
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.3785 - 3.3785 - 3.37
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.0753 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.0753 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
85 - 3.37
53 - 2.07
53 -2.07
53 -2.0753 -2.07
ELECTRONIC FLUX-GATE COMPASS■ Auto compensation■ Easy to install and to read in all weather conditions■ Unaffected by metal objects in the vicinity of the compass indicator■ Includes: remote mounted sensor with 20’ plug in harness, instruction manual
and mounting hardware
62078 R – BEIGE GOLD Style Electronic Compass62079 T – ULTRAWHITE SS Style Electronic Compass
20
40
INST
RUM
ENTS
- D
RESS
WH
ITE
AN
D P
ROFE
SSIO
NA
L SE
RIES
FEATURES:■ Perimeter-lighted white dial with bold
black graphics.■ 12V DC, negative ground■ White aluminum bezel.■ Flat glass lens.■ Metric and american scales.
FEATURES:■ Perimeter-lighted black dial with red
graphics.■ 12V DC, negative ground■ Black aluminum bezel.■ Flat glass lens.■ Metric and american scales.
DRESS WHITE
PROFESSIONAL
Uflex instruments are single tested and CEmarked according to the European Standards.
new new
41
INST
RUM
ENTS
- D
RESS
WH
ITE
AN
D P
ROFE
SSIO
NA
L SE
RIES
INSTRUMENT DIAL RANGE DESCRIPTION SENDER DRESS/WHITEPART No.
Tachometer
Tach-Hourmeter
6000 RPM
7000 RPM
4000 RPM
4000 RPM
7000 RPM
4000 RPM
4000 RPM
• For all 4, 6 & 8 cylinder inboard & I/O gas engine.
• Universal for all outboard engines4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.
• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1mechanical take off
• Diesel, variable ratiofor alternator connection
• Universal for all outboard engines4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.
• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1mechanical take off
• Diesel, variable ratiofor alternator connection
Not required
Not required
Page 44
Not required
Not required
Page 44
Not required
62656 F
62657 H
62658 K
62658 K
62659 M
62660 W
62660 W
Speedometer30 Knot50 Knot70 Knot
–Requires
pitot tube(Page 44)
62661 Y62662 A62663 C
Fuel level gauge E - 1/2 - F – Page 44 - 46 62664 E
Water level gauge E - 1/2 - F – Page 46 62665 G
Oil pressure gauge 5 bar10 bar – Page 44 62666 J
62667 L
Transmission pressuregauge 25 bar – Not available 62668 N
Water temperaturegauge 40 - 120 °C – Page 44 62669 R
Voltmeter 10-16 Volt20-32 Volt
For all 12 Volt electrical systemFor all 24 Volt electrical system
Not requiredNot required
62670 Z62671 B
Hourmeter 10.000 ore Elapsed in hour / tenths (12-32 volt) Not required 62672 D
Ammeter 60 - 0 - 60 Indicates electrical charge /discharge rate Not required 62673 F
Battery chargeindicator E - 1/2 - F
12 Volt, internally illuminated,remote mounted sensor with 20’
harness includedNot required 62674 H
Clock – Quartz analog Not required 62676 M
Syncronizer – All twin gas & diesel inboard Not required 62677 P
Rudder angleindicator
Port-Starboard Indicates relative position of rudder Page 44 62678 S
Trim indicator Up-Down
• For Mercury and Marineroutboards, Mercruiser, Volvo DP,’96 and newer, Volvo and YamahaEST sterndrives
• For OMC outboards• For Yamaha outboards ’97 and newer
Requires senderfor outboard
and sterndriveengines
62679 U
62680 C62681 E
PROFESSIONALPART No.
63196 C
63197 E
63198 G
63198 G
63199 J
63200 P
63200P
63201 S63202 U63203 W
63204 Y
63205 A
63206 C63207 E
63208 G
63209 J
63210 T63211 V
63212 X
63213 Z
63214 B
63216 F
63217 H
63218 K
63219 M
63220 W63219 M
HOLE SIZEmm - in
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.3785 - 3.3785 - 3.37
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.0753 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.0753 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
85 - 3.37
53 - 2.07
53 -2.07
53 -2.0753 -2.07
ELECTRONIC FLUX-GATE COMPASS■ Auto compensation■ Easy to install and to read in all weather conditions■ Unaffected by metal objects in the vicinity of the compass indicator■ Includes: remote mounted sensor with 20’ plug in harness, instruction manual
and mounting hardware
62675 K – DRESS WHITE Style Electronic Compass
21
newnew
42
INST
RUM
ENTS
- P
ERFO
RMA
NCE
AN
D C
ALY
PSO
SER
IES
FEATURES:■ Perimeter-lighted white dial with black
graphics■ 12V DC negative ground■ Stainless steel bezel■ Domed glass fog free lens■ Metric and American scales
PERFORMANCE
FEATURES:■ Perimeter-lighted white dial with bold
black graphics■ Stainless steel bezel■ Domed glass fog free lens■ 12V DC, negative ground■ Metric and American scales
CALYPSO
Uflex instruments are single tested and CEmarked according to the European Standards.
43
INST
RUM
ENTS
- P
ERFO
RMA
NCE
AN
D C
ALY
PSO
SER
IES
Voltmeter 10-16 Volt20-32 Volt
For all 12 Volt electrical systemFor all 24 Volt electrical system
Not requiredNot required
Hourmeter 10.000 ore Elapsed in hour / tenths (12-32 volt) Not required
Ammeter 60 - 0 - 60 Indicates electrical charge /discharge rate Not required
Battery chargeindicator E - 1/2 - F
12 Volt, internally illuminated,remote mounted sensor with 20’
harness includedNot required
Syncronizer – All twin gas & diesel inboard Not required
Rudder angleindicator
Port-Starboard Indicates relative position of rudder Page 44
Trim indicator Up-Down
• For Mercury and Marineroutboards, Mercruiser, Volvo DP,’96 and newer, Volvo and YamahaEST sterndrives
• For OMC outboards
Requires senderfor outboard
and sterndriveengines
65329 F65330 P
65331 S
65332 U
65333 W
65334 Y
65335A
65336 C
65337 E
INSTRUMENT DIAL RANGE DESCRIPTION SENDER HOLE SIZEmm - in
Tachometer
Tach-Hourmeter
6000 RPM
7000 RPM
4000 RPM
4000 RPM
7000 RPM
4000 RPM
4000 RPM
• For all 4, 6 & 8 cylinder inboard & I/O gas engine.
• Universal for all outboard engines4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.
• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1mechanical take off
• Diesel, variable ratiofor alternator connection
• Universal for all outboard engines4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.
• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1mechanical take off
• Diesel, variable ratiofor alternator connection
Not required
Not required
Page 44
Not required
Not required
Page 44
Not required
65316 W
65315 U
65317 Y
65317 Y
65318 A
65319 C
65319 C
Speedometer30 Knot50 Knot70 Knot
–Requires
pitot tube(Page 44)
65320 L65321 N65322 R
Fuel level gauge E - 1/2 - F – Page 44 - 46 65323 T
Water level gauge E - 1/2 - F – Page 46 65324 V
Oil pressure gauge 5 bar10 bar – Page 44 65325 X
65326 Z
Transmission pressuregauge 25 bar – Not available 65327 B
Water temperaturegauge 40 - 120 °C – Page 44 65328 D
PERFORMANCEPART No.
66649 F66656 C
66650 P
66655 A
66657 E
66641 N
66658 G
66653 W
66652 U
66639 C
66638 A
66640 L
66640 L
66642 R66643 T66644 V
66645 X
66660 T
66646 Z66647 B
66659 J
66648 D
CALYPSOPART No.
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.3785 - 3.3785 - 3.37
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.0753 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.0753 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
85 - 3.37
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
22
44
INST
RUM
ENTS
- S
END
ERS
AN
D A
CCES
SORI
ESSENDERS AND ACCESSORIES SCALE DESCRIPTION PART No.
Diesel tachometersender - Attaches to diesel sender mechanical take-
off. Includes coupling and 4 drive keys 60613 S
Pitot kits -
Pitot tube complete with transom mountmounting hardware
As above complete with 20’ of tubing
Tubing - 20’
60515 O
60516 P
61717 U
Oil pressure sender
5 bar5 bar10 bar10 bar
Single station, 1/8” NPTFDual station, 1/8” NPTF
Single station, 1/8” NPTFDual station, 1/8” NPTF
60525 Q60610 P60611 Q60612 R
Watertemperaturesender
40 - 120 °C
40 - 120 °C
Single station, 1/8” NPTF
Dual station, 1/8” NPTF
60528 V
60614 T
Fuel level sender 20 - 60 cm(7.9” - 23.6”) Single station 66180 C
Bushing kitTemperatureand pressure
senders
1/8” NPTF - M10x1
1/8” NPTF - M12x1
1/8” NPTF - M16x1.5
60618 Z
60619 A
60620 R
24 Volt adaptorkit 12 - 24V
• Tachometer - Syncronizers• Ammeter - Speedometer (24V bulb only)
• Water temperature• Oil pressure - fuel level - water level - rudder angle
60621 S60623 U60703 T60704 U
Installation kit - Fuel level sender installation kit(for plastic fuel tanks) 60696 P
NOTE: SINGLE SENDER: to connect to one gauge DUAL SENDER: to connect to two gauges
Rudder anglesender -
Single stationDual station
To use with Uflex rudderangle indicator only.
60701 R60702 S
45
INST
RUM
ENTS
- FUE
L LE
VEL
KIT
AND
PRO
MO
TIO
NAL
ITEM
S
FUELLEVEL KIT66234 ZFuel level Ultra Series gauge complete withsender 20 - 60 cm (7.9” - 23.6”)
66235 BFuel level Ultra White Series gauge completewith sender 20 - 60 cm (7.9” - 23.6”)
PROMOTIONALITEMSWe present to our distributors particularlyelegant displays to enhance the quality anddesign of our instruments.Burl wood or carbon look colours available.
Burl wood - 62605 MCarbon look - 62606 P
Due to our customers care and attention for astylish packaging for the instruments, we havedecided to offer optional boxes that meettheir requirements.To present a quality product in a visuallyappealing packaging will increase theinstruments sale possibility.
When ordering, please specify the optionalpackaging.
23
46
WAT
ER/F
UEL
AN
D H
OLD
ING
TA
NK
MO
NIT
ORI
NG
SYS
TEM
WATER AND FUEL LEVELMONITORING SYSTEM
WATER AND FUEL LEVEL INDICATORS■ Available in black or white colours■ 12V/24V DC standard illumination■ Resistance rating:
- 0 Ohm (empty)- 180 Ohm (full)
■ 52 mm (2’’) gauge cut out
FUEL/B - 65836 Z - blackFUEL/W - 65837 B - whiteWATER/B - 65838 D - blackWATER/W - 65839 F - white
S5 FUEL/WATER SENSORS■ Stainless steel■ Flange SAE 5-hole - bolt circle 54 mm (2.1”)■ Resistance rating:
0 Ohm (empty) - 180 Ohm (full) ■ S5 sensors interface all Uflex fuel and water
level indicators
HOLDING TANKLEVEL MONITORING SYSTEMHTG HOLDING TANK LEVEL INDICATORS■ Available in black or white colour ■ 12V/24 Volt DC standard illumination■ Resistance rating:
240 Ohm (empty) – 33 Ohm (full) ■ 52 mm (2’’) gauge cut out
HTG/B - 64683 V - blackHTG/W - 64684 X - white
NOTE: Longerlenghts available onrequest.
S5
MODEL
S5-E150
S5-E175
S5-E200
S5-E225
PART No.
64689 H
64690 S
64691 U
64692 W
S5-E250
S5-E275
S5-E300
S5-E350
64693 Y
64694 A
64695 C
64696 E
S5-E400
S5-E450
S5-E500
S5-E550
64697 G
64698 J
64699 L
64700 S
S5-E600 64701 U
S3H
LENGTH
150 mm (5.9”)
175 mm (6.9”)
200 mm (7.9”)
225 mm (8.9”)
250 mm (9.8”)
275 mm (10.8”)
300 mm (11.8”)
350 mm (13.8”)
400 mm (15.7”)
450 mm (17.7”)
500 mm (19.7”)
550 mm (21.7”)
600 mm (23.6”)
WATER/B WATER/W
FUEL/B FUEL/W
HTG/B HTG/W
newnew
newnew
47
GPS
/SPE
EDO
MET
ER
GPS SPEEDOWorld’s Latest – Wema GPS Speedo tells you
the truth, regardless of the conditions atsea.
This is pure plug and play
S3H HOLDING TANK SENSORS■ Stainless steel■ HFL - 64719 P Flange 1 1/4” - NPT threads
(to order separately) ■ Resistance rating:
240 Ohm (empty) – 30 Ohm (full)
Wema launches the world’s latest GPS Speedo,the speedometer that precisely shows actualspeed (speed over ground) and actual heading(compass heading over ground).
■ Speed (0-60 knots) shown analogically andcompass heading digitally, both guided byGPS signals.
■ GPS Speedo has a “high-end” 32 channelGPS Receiver suitable for all types of boats(12V)
■ Easy to install, it has a favourable price.■ GPS Speedo is in no way dependant of the
boat main control and monitoring systems.■ Hole diameter: 85 mm (3.37”)
IGPS-BB-60 - 66878 X - black dial and bezel,12V DC, speed 0-60 knots
IGPS-WW-60 - 66879 Z - white dial and bezel,12V DC, speed 0-60 knots
LENGTH MODEL
100 mm (3.9”) S3H-1
205 mm (8.0”) S3H-2
305 mm (12.0) S3H-3
410 mm (16.1”) S3H-4
PART No.
64685 Z
64686 B
64687 D
64688 F
HFL 64719 P
IGPS-BB-60
IGPS-WW-60
24
48
DIG
ITA
L IN
STRU
MEN
TS
FUEL MANAGERFOR GASOLINE ENGINES
The Fuel Manager System consists of a digital fuelgauge and fuel flow transducer that monitorsand measures fuel as it is being used.The gauge shows not only how much fuel hasbeen used but, more importantly, how much isleft.Other features include a settable “low fuelalarm”, trip log and total fuel consumed log.Fuel flow is measured in litres (2,5 to 160 litresper hour) or gallons (0.5 to 34 gallons per hour).■ 53 mm ( 2.07”) gauge cut out
FUEL MANAGER - 62778 WFuel Manager includes 1 gauge and 1 fuelflow sender.
Fuel Manager is for use on gasolineengines only.
SPARE SENDERS FOR DIGITAL INSTRUMENTS
DIGITAL INSTRUMENTS Digital instruments featuring the most advanced technology in the electronic field. They are supplied complete withsenders. Available in Dress White style only: white dial and bezel.
NOTE: Senders aresupplied with
the instrument.
MODEL SUPPLIED WITH:PART No.
Fuel flow sender Fuel Manager64310 C
Depth sender Depth Sounder64311 E
FUEL MANAGER
DEPTH SOUNDER■ 61 meter Depth Sounder with Keel Offset,
Automatic Gain and Shallow/Deep alarms.Depth Sounder measures in Meters, Feet orFathoms.
■ Out-of-range indication.■ Shallow and deep alarms are both audiable
and visible to operator.■ Quick-Set mode for rapid adjustment or
settings.■ Back illumination for maximum nigh vision.■ Keel-Offset adjustment and indication.■ 53 mm ( 2.07”) gauge cut out
DEPTH SOUNDER - 62777 UDepth Sounder includes 1 gauge. 1 depth senderand 1 installation cable.
DEPTH SOUNDER
49
FRES
H W
ATER
AN
D B
ILG
E PU
MPS
25
50
FRES
H W
ATER
PU
MPS
Aqua KingTM Junior 2.0 Aqua KingTM Standard 3.0 Aqua KingTM Premium 4.0
AQUA KING™ FRESH WATER PUMPS
EXTREME™ SERIES SMART SENSOR™ 4.0
■ Run dry capability■ Built-in check valve prevents backflow into the tank ■ Sealed switch ■ Corrosion resistant seamless e-coated motor■ Thermally Protected. Ignition Protected■ CE marked
The Next Generation SHURflo® pumpsguarantee quiet operation andsmooth performance while providingthe ultimate in durability andreliability. These automatic waterpumps are self priming with a three-chamber design to lift water up to 8ft (2,4 m).
The Smart Sensor™ 4.0 is designed specifically for cruisers and midsizeyachts. Delivering 4.0 GPM and pressure up to 50 PSI, this micro-controlbased variable speed pump precisely monitors your system’s waterpressure and adjust the motor speed, eliminating the need for apressure switch.
■ Superior four-chamber design that incorporates large inlet and outletpassages to maximize water flow and efficiency, providing a “JustLike Home” shower.
■ Run dry capability■ Self priming up to 9 ft (2,7 m)■ Sealed switch ■ Corrosion resistant seamless e-coated motor■ Thermally Protected. Ignition Protected■ CE marked
Smart Sensor™ 4.0
PART No. DIMENSIONSmm (“)
64679 E 210x134x127(8.3x5.3x5)
65342 X 210x134x127(8.3x5.3x5)
VOLT
12V DC
24V DC
FLOW RATE
4.0 GPM - 15,1 l/min
4.0 GPM - 15,1 l/min
MODEL
Smart Sensor™ 4.0 12V
Smart Sensor™ 4.0 24V
AMPMAX
9,0
5,0
SHUT-OFFPRESSURE
45 PSI - 3.1 Bar
45 PSI - 3.1 Bar
PART No. DIMENSIONSmm (“)
65338 G 184x127x118(7.3x5.0x4.6)
65339 J 184x127x118(7.3x5.0x4.6)
65340 T 184x127x118(7.3x5.0x4.6)
65341 V
VOLT
12V DC
12V DC
24V DC
12V DC 210x134x127(8.3x5.3x5)
FLOW RATE
2.0 GPM - 7,6 l/min
3.0 GPM - 11,35 l/min
3.0 GPM - 11,35 l/min
4.0 GPM - 15,1 l/min
MODEL
Aqua KingTM Junior
Aqua KingTM Standard 12V
Aqua KingTM Standard 24V
Aqua KingTM Premium
DESCRIPTION
up to 2 fixtures
multifixtures
multifixtures
multifixtures
AMPMAX
4,0
5,0
3,0
10,0
SHUT-OFFPRESSURE
30 PSI - 2,0 Bar
45 PSI - 3,1 Bar
45 PSI - 3,1 Bar
45 PSI - 3,1 Bar
51
HighFlow
Strainer FRES
H W
ATER
PU
MPS
EXTREME™ SERIES HIGH FLOW STRAINER
SHURflo® highly recommends the use of the Extreme™ Series High FlowStrainer, engineered to compliment the higher performance of theSmart Sensor™, to keep your Extreme™ Series Pumps flowing strong byprotecting it from debris in the water. Easy installation and even easierto clean.
Extreme™ Series High Flow Strainer - 63735 G
EXTREME™ SERIES SMART SENSOR™ 5.7
The Smart Sensor™ 5.7 is a micro processor control based variable speedpump that delivers over 5 GPM (21,6 l/min) and pressure up to 60 PSI (4,1Bar). SHURflo® Smart Sensor™ 5.7 precisely monitors your system’s waterpressure and adjust the motor speed, thus eliminating the need for apressure switch.
■ Superior five-chamber design that incorporates large inlet andoutlet passages to maximize water flow and efficiency, providinga “Just Like Home” shower
■ O-ring sealed end bells along with the protected electronicpackage make the Smart Sensor™ capable of handling even theharshest marine enviroments
■ Current limiting and over/under voltage protection■ Pressure sensor eliminates cycling and the need for an
accumulator tank■ Run dry capability■ Self priming up to 9 ft (2,7 m)■ Sealed switch ■ Corrosion resistant seamless e-coated motor■ Quick-Connect fittings included■ Thermally Protected. Ignition Protected■ CE marked
Smart Sensor™ 5.7
12,7 cm
13,6 cm
10,1cm
10,1 cm
23,4 cm
12,3cm
Smart Sensor 5.7
12,1 cm
10,2 cm12,7 cm
20,5 cm
7,6 cm 9,1 cm
13,4 cm
9,9cm
Smart Sensor 4.0
PART No. DIMENSIONSmm (“)
63194 Y 235x127x121(9.3x5.0x5.5)
64335 V 235x127x121(9.3x5.0x5.5)
VOLT
12V DC
24V DC
FLOW RATE
5.0 GPM - 18,9 l/min
5.0 GPM - 18,9 l/min
MODEL
Smart Sensor™ 5.7 12V
Smart Sensor™ 5.7 24V
AMPMAX
12
5
SHUT-OFFPRESSURE
60 PSI - 4,1 Bar
60 PSI - 4,1 Bar
26
52
WA
SHD
OW
N P
UM
PSWASHDOWN PUMPS
Perfect for tough washdown applications, such as fishbox, scaling and anchor chain cleaning, these ruggedself-priming pumps deliver high lift, can run drywithout damage, and won’t overheat with extendeduse.
■ Run dry capability■ Sealed switch ■ Corrosion resistant seamless e-coated motor■ Thermally Protected. Ignition Protected■ CE marked
Blaster™ ProBlaster™
PART No. DIMENSIONSmm (“)
65862 A 203x127x118 (7.6x5.0x4.6)
65863 C 203x127x118 (7.6x5.0x4.6)
65864 E 210x136x127 (8.3x5.3x5.0)
65865 G
VOLT
12V DC
24V DC
12V DC
24V DC 210x136x127 (8.3x5.3x5.0)
FLOW RATE
3.5 GPM - 13,2 l/min
3.5 GPM - 13,2 l/min
4.0 GPM - 15,1 l/min
4.0 GPM - 15,1 l/min
MODEL
Blaster™ 12V
Blaster™ 24V
Problaster™ 12V
Problaster™ 24V
AMPMAX
6
4,5
10
5,5
SHUT-OFFPRESSURE
45 PSI - 3,1 Bar
66560 N 203x127x118 (7.6x5.0x4.6)12V DC 2.0 GPM - 7,6 l/minProblaster Junior™ 12V 4 30 PSI - 2 Bar
45 PSI - 3,1 Bar
45 PSI - 3,1 Bar
45 PSI - 3,1 Bar
EXTREME™ PROBLASTER™ WASHDOWN PUMPSThe Extreme™ ProBlaster™ delivers over 5 GPM (20 l/min) and pressure upto 45 PSI (3,1 Bar), giving you the ultimate in washdown capabilities. Thishigh volume pump will clean your deck quickly and easily. The corrosionresistant coated seamless motor shell with sealed switch provides excellentprotection against the harsh marine anvironment. The Extreme™ ProBlaster™ is designed for the toughest washdown applications.
■ Superior five-chamber design that incorporates large inlet and outletpassages to maximize water flow and efficiency
■ Current limiting and over/under voltage protection■ Run dry capability■ Self Priming ■ Sealed switch ■ Corrosion resistant seamless e-coated motor with o-ring sealed end
bells■ Quick-Connect fittings included■ Thermally Protected. Ignition Protected■ CE marked Problaster™ Serie Extreme™
PART No. DIMENSIONSmm (“)
64337 Z 235x127x140 (9.3x5.0x5.5)
64338 B 235x127x140 (9.3x5.0x5.5)
VOLT
12V DC
24V DC
FLOW RATE
5.3 GPM - 20,1 l/min
5.3 GPM - 20,1 l/min
MODEL
Extreme™ Problaster™ 12V
Extreme™ Problaster™ 24V
AMPMAX
12
6
SHUT-OFFPRESSURE
45 PSI - 3,1 Bar
45 PSI - 3,1 Bar
DIMENSIONImm (“)
406x318 (16.0x12.5)
CODICE
64681 R
PORTATA
1.5 GPM - 5,6 l/min
MODELLO
Sistema Cambio Olio
AMPMAX
4,5
RACCORDI
3/8” F NPT
53
SHURflo’s new washdown kit includeseverything you need for toughwashdown applications all in one box.The kit includes the Next GenerationProBlaster™ Pump, Fittings, Blaster™Nozzle, Raw Water Strainer and a 7,6 m(25’) coiled hose.■ CE marked
LIV
EWEL
L A
ND
UTI
LITY
PU
MPS
WASHDOWN KIT
Pro Washdown kit
MACERATOR PUMPS
Designed specifically for sanitation waste and fish box evacuations,SHURflo’s Macerator pump features a premium impeller design.
■ Run dry capability■ Self Priming ■ SHURflo’s unique dual blade and housing construction ensures
problem free pumping ■ Thermally Protected. Ignition Protected■ CE marked
Macerator
PART No. DIMENSIONSmm (“)
65303 L 210x136x127 (8.3x5.3x5.0)
VOLT
12V DC
FLOW RATE
4.0 GPM - 15,1 l/min
MODEL
Pro Washdown Kit
AMPMAX
10
SHUT-OFFPRESSURE
45 PSI - 3,1 Bar
DIMENSIONSmm (“)
274x97x114(10.8x3.8x4.5)
PART No.
62767 R
VOLT
12V DC
FLOW RATE
13 GPM - 50 l/min
MODEL
Macerator 12V
AMPMAX
14
PORT SIZE
inlet: 1.5” barb / 1,5 NPToutlet: 1” barb
274x97x114(10.8x3.8x4.5)62768 T 24V DC 13 GPM - 50 l/minMacerator 24V 8 inlet: 1.5” barb / 1,5 NPT
outlet: 1” barb
DIMENSIONSmm (“)
406x318 (16.0x12.5)
PART No.
64681 R
FLOW RATE
1.5 GPM - 5,6 l/min
MODEL
Oil Change System
AMPMAX
4,5
PORT SIZE
3/8” F NPT
64681 R
OIL CHANGE, WINTERIZINGAND LIQUID TRANSFER SYSTEMIncorporating SHURflo’s advanced motor technology that includesthermal overload protection, these pumps are self-priming, easy toinstall and are extremely versatile.
■ 13 litres (3,5 gal) storage container – 2,4 m (8’) cable with batteryclips and hose kit included
■ Reversible switch ■ Motor : 12V DC permanent magnet, continuous duty■ Self Priming up to 1,82 m (6’)■ Thermal overload protection■ CE marked
27
54
SHU
RFLO
PU
MPS
- S
PARE
PA
RTS
PRE-PRESSURIZED ACCUMULATOR TANK
Reduces cycling pulsation and pressure spikes, increases the life of yourpump and even saves battery power. SHURflo® accumulator tank is NSFcertified.
■ Easy handles pressure requirements from 1,4 Bar (20 PSI) to 8,8 Bar(125 PSI)
■ 1/2” male threaded Ports - Uses standard SHURflo® fittings■ Can be mounted in-line■ Nylon housing/Butyl Bladder■ CE marked
Nylon Tank
TOTALVOLUME
24 oz - 0,7 litri
MODEL
Nylon Tank
MAXIMUM PSI - BAR
125 PSI - 8,8 Bar
DIMENSIONSmm (“)
232x121x97(9.1x4.8x3.8)
PRECHARGED
20 PSI - 1,4 Bar
PART No.
65861 Y
PRESSURE REGULATED CITY WATER ENTRIESAn exclusive diaphragm design prevents high-pressure damage oftencaused by city water systems. Leak-tight, stress and crack-resistant,these high-performance water entries limitwater pressure safely to 50 or 65 PSI (3.5 or 4.5Bar) while meeting or surpassing all check valve code requirements
63378 J - Wall mount Pressure regulator - Chrome64717 K- Wall mount Pressure regulator - White65306 T - Hose Adapter fitting 1/2” NPT (F) x 3/4” GSH (M)
63378 J
64717 K65306 T
The pump may be mounted upto 6’ (1.8 m) vertical above thesource. Wiring should beswitched above the source.Wiring should be switched aswell as fused with therecommended size fuse. Inletside of all fresh water pumpsshould include the use of aSHURflo® strainer. Mount the pump in anaccessible area for a strainerinspection. Refer to installationinstruction included forindividual pump recommendedwire and fuse size.
FRESH WATER MULTI-FIXTURE SYSTEMS
Potable WaterTank Pump
Faucet Shower
Strainer
WaterHeater
55
SHU
RFLO
PU
MPS
- S
PARE
PA
RTS
SPARE PARTS
STRAINERS
FITTINGS
FITTINGSMODEL DESCRIPTIONPART No.
1/2” (13 mm)barb inlet
Swivel nut strainer
Protects pumps from harmfuldebris. High capacity,
rugged nylon housing, slide out easy to clean screen.
66526 N
1/2” (13 mm)barb inlet
In-line checkvalve
Allows flow in one directiononly to safeguard agains back-surge up to 6,8 Bar (1000 PSI)
61125 F
3/4” (19 mm)female
High PressureBlaster Nozzle
High impact plastic for long life.Use with SHURflo® pumps
or garden hose. Adjust to fine mist or full stream.
Lock clip for continuous spray.
61120 A
1/2” (13 mm)female
In-Line Strainer
Protects pumps from harmfuldebris. High capacity,
rugged nylon housing, slide out easy to clean screen.
63185 X
63185 X
61125 F
66526 N
61120 A
MODEL
Straight fitting 1/2” NPT (f) x 3/8”
PART No.
61129 L
Elbow fitting 1/2” NPT (f) x 3/8” 61130 C
Straight fitting 1/2” NPT (f) x 1/2” 61127 H
Elbow fitting 1/2” NPT (f) x 1/2” barb swivel 61128 K
Straight fitting 1/2” NPT (f) x 3/4” barb swivel 64220 B
Elbow fitting 1/2” NPT (f) x 3/4” barb swivel 64340 M
Straight adaptor 1/2” NPT (m) x 1/2” 61132 E
DESCRIPTION
Valve Kit for Blaster, Junior, Standard, Premium pumps
PART No.
61214 F
Diaphragm kit for Junior pump 61217 I
Diaphragm kit for Standard, pumps 61216 H
Pump head Junior, Standard, Premium, Blaster 63181 N
Diaphragm kit for Premium, Blaster pumps 63180 L
1 Complete headpump 2 Headpump and switch kit 3 Valve kit4 Diaphragm kit
Pump head and switch kit for Standard 12V, 30PSI 62526 S
Pump head and switch kit for Standard,Premium, Blaster 12V/24V, 45PSI
63182 R
Complete head pump for Junior 12V, 20PSI 61721 J
Complete head pump for Standard, 12V/24V, 45 PSI 63183 T
Complete head pump for Junior 12V, 20PSI 61768 M
Pump head and switch kit for Junior 12V, 20 PSI 61413 K
Complete head pump for Premium, Blaster 12V/24V, 45 PSI 63184 V
Impeller for Macerator pump 63432 M
61128 K 61129 L
28
56
SHU
RFLO
®-
BILG
E PU
MPS
SHURFLO® BILGE PUMPS380/500/700/1000 GPH
Quality bilge pumps you can trust. SHURflo® bilge pumpsare built for the harsh marineenviroment to withstand the toughest conditions.Water cooled motors for extended life.
■ Continuous duty■ Submersible with 6’ (1,8 m) tinned wire assembly■ Tough nylon housing■ Quick-snap swivel baseplate■ Ignition pretected. ISO 8849
Shurflo® 380/500/700/1000 GPH
PART No. DIMENSIONSmm (“)
66528 T 114x95 (4.5x3.75)
66529 V 114x95 (4.5x3.75)
66530 D 114x95 (4.5x3.75)
VOLT
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
FLOW RATE
500 GPH - 32 l/min
700 GPH - 42 l/min
1000 GPH - 63 l/min
MODEL
Bilge 500
Bilge 700
Bilge 1000
AMPMAX
1,8
3,2
3,2
OUTLET
3/4” - 19 mm
66527 R 114x95 (4.5x3.75)
Ø BASEmm (“)
60 (2 3/8)
60 (2 3/8)
60 (2 3/8)
60 (2 3/8)12V DC 380 GPH - 24 l/minBilge 380 1,7 3/4” - 19 mm
3/4” - 19 mm
3/4” - 19 mm
1500/2000 GPH
Heavy duty and built to last. SHURflo®’s 1500 and2000 GPH nylon bilge pumps offer a unique motorcooling system (patent pending) to ensure efficientperformance and long life. Installation is a snap withour patented swivel base.
■ Continuous duty■ Submersible with 6’ (1,8 m) tinned wire assembly■ Anti-air lock■ Run dry without damage■ Quick-snap swivel baseplate■ Commercial duty■ Ignition pretected. ISO 8849
PART No. DIMENSIONSmm (“)
66531 F 183x152 (7.2x6)
66532 H 183x152 (7.2x6)
VOLT
12V DC
24V DC
FLOW RATE
1500 GPH - 94,6 l/min
1500 GPH - 94,6 l/min
MODEL
Bilge 1500/12
Bilge 1500/24
AMPMAX
8
-
BARB OUTLET
1 1/8” - 28,5 mm
1 1/8” - 28,5 mm
66533 K 183x152 (7.2x6)
66534 M 183x152 (7.2x6)
12V DC
24V DC
2000 GPH - 126 l/min
2000 GPH - 126 l/min
Bilge 2000/12
Bilge 2000/24
10
-
1 1/8” - 28,5 mm
1 1/8” - 28,5 mm
Shurflo® 1500/2000 GPH
57
SHU
RFLO
®-
BILG
E PU
MPS
VOLT
12/24V DC
MODEL
SWS
PART No.
Standard float switch
PART No.
66535 P
DIMENSIONSmm (“)
116x53x40(4.6x2.1x1.6)
12/24V DCSWSC Protected cage switch66536 S116x53x40
(4.6x2.1x1.6)
FLOAT SWITCHES
The SHURflo® float switches provide theultimate in reliability for your boat.
Complete line includes a solid state control,standard float switch and protected cageswitch.
Manufactured in corrosion resistant andexplosion proof material. They can be used forany kind of pump and also for water bilge andother alarm systems.
SWSCSWS
RECOMMENDEDMOUNTING:Attach base to hull orstringer using stailesssteel screws. Snappump into base. The baseplate and/orcartridge may be easilyremoved for easycleaning.CAUTION: care must be taken notto drive the screwsthrough the hull. Besure pump is mountedon a flat surface, aslow as possible in thebilge.
Attach 3/4” (19 mm)diameter hose for380, 500, 700 and 1000GPH, or 1 1/8” (29 mm)diameter hose for 1500and 2000 GPH pumps.Use of a smooth borehose will insuremaximum pumpperformance,corrugated hose willsignificantly reducepump performance.
29
58
SHU
RFLO
- R
ECES
SED
SH
OW
ERS
RECESSED SHOWERS
Practical, versatile and fashionable showers.Simply pull out the sprayer and extend it toany area of your boat for the ultimate inwashdown versatility.
65311 K - Recessed shower white ABS plasticcup with trigger sprayer, stainless steelinstallation hardware and 1.8 m (6’) heavyduty white hose. Deck or wall mount.
65312 M - Recessed cup white ABS plastic cupwith stainless steel installation hardware
65311 K
TRANSOM SHOWER
65313 P
65312 M
Functional, practical and durable showers.Combine the convenience and simplicity of therecessed shower, with the added benefit of ashut-off valve to create an all-in-one packagefor your exterior shower needs.
65313 P - Two handle hot/cold transom shower.White ABS plastic box with trigger sprayer,stainless steel installation hardware and 1.8 m(6’) heavy duty white hose. Vertical or horizontal mount.
59
SHU
RFLO
- S
PRAY
ERS
AN
D IN
-LIN
E BL
OW
ERS
SHURFLO® YELLOW TAIL™3” AND 4” IN-LINEBILGE BLOWERSShurflo® in-line blowers provide ventilationfor engine compartments, galleys, bilge andheads. Mounting feet allow vertical orhorizontal installation in confined spaces.
■ Wider base-plate and oval screw hole forease of installation
■ Splash-proof motor with rubber boot■ Heavy duty shaft seal■ High volume air flow - low current draw■ Longer barb for ease of duct connection■ CE, ISO 9097 and Ignition Protected
IN-LINE BILGE BLOWERS
SPRAYERS
Durable and stylish: the perfect addition toyour interior or exterior shower.These well-designed sprayers offer numerousconveniences, such as flip-up levers forcontinuous spray operation, on/off triggersand kink-free hoses for exceptional durabilityand ease-of-use.
65307 V - Angled style sprayer - whiteWhite ABS sprayer with polished chrome deckholder, elbow fitting and 1,8 m (6') heavy dutywhite hose.
65308 X - Angled style sprayer - Chrome platedChrome plated ABS sprayer with polishedchrome deck holder, elbow fitting and 1,8 m(6') heavy duty white hose.
65309 Z - Straight style sprayer - whiteWhite ABS sprayer with polished chrome deckholder and 1,8 m (6') heavy duty white hose.
65310 H- Straight style sprayer - Chrome platedChrome plated ABS sprayer with polishedchrome deck holder and 1,8 m (6') heavy dutywhite hose.
65307 V 65309 Z
VOLT
12V DC
12V DC
INT. Ø HOSE
76 mm - 3”
100 mm - 4”
DIMENSIONSmm (“)
130x140x96 (5.1x5.5x3.8)
130x162x122 (5.1x6.4x4.8)
DRAW AMP
3,8
5,5
AIR FLOW
3,3 m3/min
6,0 m3/min
PART No.
64703 Y
64704 A
30
60
SUBM
ERSI
BLE
BILG
E PU
MPS
360 G.P.H. Pump + Rule-A-Matic Float SwitchFor your convenience, a Submersible 360 GPH pump,clamshell packaged with a high efficient Rule-A-Maticfloat switch.
Mod. 24-35A (12V) - 65387 W
360 G.P.H.360 GPH pump, designed for thesmaller boats, pumps 360 gallon per hour.This pump can be used forLivewell/ Baitwell recirculatingapplication.Mod. 24 (12V) - 60817 I
SUBMERSIBLE BILGE PUMPS
500 G.P.H.500 G.P.H. pump offers many designfeatures while keeping size and costto a minimum. It also can be used asa Livewell/Baitwell pump.Mod. 25D (12V) - 60818 LMod. 26D (24V) - 60819 M
500 G.P.H. AUTOFlow rate: 32l/minAutomatic 500 GPH
Mod. 25S (12V) - 60969 Z
800 G.P.H. The best known of the Rulepumps, 36 different mountingvariations. This pump is equipped with agasoline resistant strainer baseand has a 3/4” discharge.Mod. 20F (12V) - 60891 W
1000 G.P.H. The Rule 1000 is in a class by itselfand is a popular choice among boatbuilders and boat owners. It allowsfor 36 mounting variations and has a1-1/8” discharge outlet. Equippedwith gasoline resistant strainer base.Mod. 20A (12V) - 60889 E
Rule® submersible Bilge Pumps have set the standard forthe industry for decades. They are the first choice of yachtsmen and commercialfishermen throughout the world. More innovations inBilge Pump design have come from Rule industries than any other manufacturer.
1100 G.P.H. The Rule 1100 pump offers manydesign features while keeping costand size to a minimum.It also can be used as aLivewell/Baitwell recirculating pump.
Mod. 27D (12V) - 60820 D
1100 G.P.H. AUTOAutomatic version 1100 GPH.Flow rate 70 l/min.
Mod. 27S (12V) - 60888 D
1500 G.P.H.High pumping capacity andreliability at a lower cost. The Rule 1500 pump continuesto offer more pumping capacityand more exclusive designfeatures than any comparablecompetitive pump.Mod. 02 (12V) - 60821 EMod. 03 (24V) - 60822 F
2000 G.P.H.Engineered to commercialstandards. The Rule 2000 is the largest sellinghigh capacity submersible bilgepump in the world. 1-1/8”discharge outlet.Mod. 10 (12V) - 60890 VMod. 12 (24V) - 60908 M
3700 G.P.H.Heavy duty construction for both commercial and pleasure boatuse.1 1/2” discharge outlet.
Mod. 14A (12V) - 60823 GMod. 16A (24V) - 60824 H
61
SUBM
ERSI
BLE
BILG
E PU
MPS
SWITCHES
FULLY AUTOMATED BILGE PUMP
• Non-mercury float switch and pump in a single housing• No on/off cycling and therefore no power use until the pump comes on• Removable strainer, impeller area accessible to clear debris• All three pumps have the same size (500 GPH - 750 GPH - 1100 GPH)Mod. RM500 (12V) - 61479 EMod. RM750 (12V) - 61480 NMod. RM1100 (12V) - 61481 R
500-750-1100 GPH
Panel SwitchThis unit features a blackplastic panel. It has a built-in fuse holder and aninternally lighted rockerswitch with 3 positions(automatic, off, or manual)with the Rule “fail-safe”spring return to “off” fromthe “manual” position.Mod. 43 - 61174 O
Mounting Bracket
Mounting bracket forround pumps 360, 500,800 and 1100 Series. Itallows side-mounting ofpump to verticalsurfaces.
Mod. 66 - 60827 K
Shower DrainSystem A compact, full capacity shower drain system. Automaticallyturns on after the water starts, and shuts off when thewater is removed. Activated by a Rule-A-Matic float switch.Available with an 800G.P.H. pump, with threeinlet ports which offervarying combinations ofinlet hose. Otherfeatures include a clearscrew down cover,removable strainer foreasy cleaning, and aninternal check valve toprevent back siphoning.Mod. 98A (12V) -65388 YMod. 98A/24 (24V) - 65389 A
Wema® Switch
The switch turns thepump on and offautomatically and istypically placed in thebilge.
SW12V 12V DC - 65840 PSW24V 24V DC - 66034 R
Rule - A- Matic®SwitchTM
Completely sealed metalcapsule, the Rule-A-Matic is the switch ofchoice of most selectiveyachtsmen and boatbuilders the world over.
Mod. 35 A 12V DC -66127 Y
31
62
AU
TOM
ATIC
MA
RIN
E PU
MPS
FLOWPOMP®
AUTOMATIC MARINE PUMPS
■ Self priming automatic clear water pumps withfittings and quick-connect water strainerincluded
■ Rugged and very quiet, they can run dry withoutdamage
■ Four built-in valves ensure a low vibration leveland a continuous water flow with no cycling
■ CE marked
PART NO. DIMENSIONSMM (“)
65663 U 210x100x100 (8.3x3.9x3.9)
65664 W 210x100x100 (8.3x3.9x3.9)
65665 Y 250x100x100 (9.8x3.9x3.9)
65666 A
VOLT
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
24V DC 250x100x100 (9.8x3.9x3.9)
FIXTURES
multifixtures
multifixtures
multifixtures
multifixtures
MODEL
FL 30
FL 35
FL 40
FL 44
AMPMAX
2,2
3,9
6,0
2,5
SHUT-OFFPRESSURE
17 PSI - 1,17 Bar
65662 S 160x100x61 (6.3x3.9x2.4)12V DC Up to 2 fixturesFL 2202 2,5 35 PSI - 2,4 Bar
35 PSI - 2,4 Bar
40 PSI - 2,75 Bar
40 PSI - 2,75 Bar
FL30 (12V) - 65663 U
Flow rate: 2,6 GPM (10,0 l/min)
FL35 (12V) - 65664 W
Flow rate: 3,3 GPM (12,5 l/min)
FL44 (24V) - 65666 A
Flow rate: 4,5 GPM (17,0 l/min)
FL40 (12V) - 65665 Y
Flow rate: 4,5 GPM (17,0 l/min)
FL2202 (12V) - 65662 S
Flow rate: 1,0 GPM (3,8 l/min)
63
OIL
CH
AN
GE
SYST
EMS
32
64
OIL
CH
AN
GE
SYST
EMS
OP-6 IMPELLER PUMP The Reverso® OP-6 is a useful transfer pumpsuitable for oil, diesel or water. The OP-6 cantransfer hot or cold oil quickly and cleanly toand from the engine oil pan. The threeposition switch has a safety lock that preventsaccidental activation.The switch is directionally oriented (flow is indirection of switch) for easy operation. MeetsISO 8846 standards.
OP-700 MANIFOLD OIL CHANGE SYSTEMSThe OP-700 oil change systems feature a fullyreversible OP-6 pump and are available on 2,3, 4, 5, 6 valve options. They are mounted ona base to obtain a permanent installation:connecting these assemblies on equipmentsthat need regular oil change they simplify theoperation and reduce time and chances of oilspills.
OP-SERIES FEATURES■ Reversible (they draw and fill engines)■ Powerful DC high torque motor ■ Self priming■ Nickel plated brass pump body■ Impeller: Nitrile (oil) – Fluoroelastomer
(diesel fuel)■ Built in switch, switch guard and fuse ■ Easily changed impeller ■ CE certified
OIL CHANGE IMPELLER PUMPSOP-SERIES
OP-6
OP-704
OP-706
OP-700 Dimensions
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OP-6 OP-700
Pump port: est. M 3/4”- int. F 3/8” NPT 1/2” flare
Manifold ports: - 1/2” F NPT
Flow rate: 11,4 l/min (3.0 GPM) 7,8 l/min (2.0 GPM)
Self priming: 0,9 m (3 ft) 0,9 m (3 ft)
Lift: 3,0 m (10 ft) 3,0 m (10 ft)
Working pressure: from 0 to 1 bar (15 PSI) from 0 to 1 bar (15 PSI)
Motor: 12V DC or 24V DC 12V DC or 24V DC
Amp: 12 Amp (12V) – 6 Amp (24V) 12 Amp (12V) – 6 Amp (24V)
Dimensions W x H: 24,4 x 9,1 cm (9.6” x 3.6”)
Weight: 2,7 kg (6 lbs)
OP-702 2 valve
MODEL No. VALVES WEIGHTkg (lbs)
24,4 (9.6) 22,4 cm (8.8) 4,5 (10)
OP-703 3 valve 26,9 (10.6) 22,4 cm (8.8) 5,0 (11)
OP-704 4 valve 29,5 (11.6) 22,4 cm (8.8) 5,5 (12)
OP-705 5 valve 36,2 (14.3) 22,4 cm (8.8) 5,9 (13)
OP-706 6 valve 41,2 (16.3) 22,4 cm (8.8) 6,8 (15)
DIMENSIONSA cm (“) B cm (“)
65
OIL
CH
AN
GE
SYST
EMS
OIL CHANGE OR TRANSFER DIESEL FUEL GEAR PUMPS GP-SERIES
GP-301
GP-301 AC
GP-602, GP-602 AC PUMPSGear pumps able to move lowviscosity fluids, NOT designedfor heavy oil. The durable GP-602 pump combines a small sizewith a high flow capacity.
GP-602 AC
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GP-201 GP-301 GP-302 GP-301 AC
Ports: M 3/8’’ NPT M 3/8’’ NPT M 3/8’’ NPT M 3/8’’ NPT
Max work press: 1,7 bar (25 PSI) 1,7 bar (25 PSI) 2,8 bar (40 PSI)
Flow rate: 5,6-11,4 l/min (1.5-3 GPM) 9.5-13,3 l/min (2.5-3.5 GPM) 9.5-13,3 l/min (2.5-3.5 GPM) 13.6 l/min (3.6 GPM)
Self priming (wet gears): 0.5 m (1.5 ft) 1.5 m (5 ft) 1.5 m (5 ft) 1.5 m (5 ft)
Lift: 1,5 m (5 ft) 3 m (10 ft) 9,1 m (30 ft) 30,4 m (100 ft water)
Pump body: brass brass brass brass
Gears: bronze bronze bronze bronze
Motor: 12V or 24V DC 12V or 24V DC 12V or 24V DC AC self ventilated
Fuse/Breaker: 10 Amp (12V)-5 Amp (24V) 10,5 Amp (12V)-6,8 Amp (24V) 15 Amp (12V)-7,5 Amp (24V) 5 Amp (220V)
Dimensions W x H cm (“): 12,8x7,4 (5x2.9) 13,7x7,6 (5.4x3) 14,7x9,6 (5.8x3.8) 26,4x16,3 (10.4x6.4)
Weight: 0,9 kg (2 lbs) 2,7 kg (6 lbs) 3,2 kg (7 lbs) 4,5 kg (10 lbs)
GP-201, GP-301, GP-302, GP-301 AC PUMPS Compact, powerful, self-priming DC gearpumps. The bronze gears and stainless steelshaft enable the pumps to move a variety ofviscous and non-viscous fluids. They aredurable and fit easily in the tightest spaces.They are available in both 12 and 24 Volt DC.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GP-602 GP-602 AC
Ports: M 1/2” NPT M 1/2” NPT
Flow rate: 22,7 l/min (6 GPM) 32,2 l/min (8,5 GPM)
Self priming (wet gears): 1,5 m (5 ft) 6 m (20 ft)
Lift: 18,2 m (60 ft water) 36,5 m (120 ft water)
Pump body: brass brass
Gears: bronze bronze
Motor: 12V or 24V DC AC self ventilated
Fuse/Breaker: 15 Amp (12V) - 10 Amp (24V) 5 Amp (220V)
Dimensions W x H cm (“): 17,8x10,1(7x4) 32x19,3 (12.6x7.6)
Weight: 3,6 kg (8 lbs) 6,4 kg (14 lbs)
GP-602
GP-302
GP-201
33
66
OIL
CH
AN
GE
SYST
EMS
GP-3010, GP-3020 , GP-700 MANIFOLD OILCHANGE SYSTEMSThe gear pump manifold oil change systemsservice multiple engines, transmissions andgenerators. Compact, reversible (they drawand fill engines) and self-priming, theysimplify oil changes and reduce chances of oilspills. Valve options from 3 to 7.
APPLICATIONS
■ Single engines up to 450 hp : OP-6, GP-301■ Multiple engines up to 450 hp : GP-3010■ Single engines from 300 to 800 hp : GP-302■ Multiple engines from 300 to 800 hp : GP-3020, GP-700■ Multiple engines from 600 to 2000 hp : GP-700
MULTI-VALVE MANIFOLDSThese manifolds allow multiple hoses to be connected to one pump. The assemblies can be mounted in any direction.Mounting holes are pre-drilled for easy installation.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
■ Manifold ports: 1/2” F NPT■ Valves: Nickel chromed full flow ball valve■ Max working press: 9 bar (150 PSI) ■ Mounting holes: 3/16”
OIL CHANGE OR TRANSFER DIESEL FUEL GEAR PUMPS GP-SERIES
GP-3025
GP-705
PART. No. MULTI-VALVE MANIFOLD
61477A VA-2 2 valve assembly
61572U VA-3 3 valve assembly
64741G VA-4 4 valve assembly
62976A VA-5 5 valve assembly
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GP-3010 GP-3020 GP-700
Pump port: 1/2” flare 1/2” flare 1/2” flare
Manifold ports: 1/2” F NPT 1/2” F NPT 1/2” F NPT
Flow rate: 9,5 l/min (2.5 GPM) 11,4 l/min (3 GPM) 11,4 l/min (3 GPM)
Self priming (wet gears): 1,5 m (5 ft) 1,5 m (5 ft) 1,5 m (5 ft)
Lift: 3 m (10 ft ) 7,6 m (25 ft ) 9,1 m (30 ft )
Motor: 12V or 24V DC 12V or 24V DC 12V or 24V DC
Fuse/Breaker: 8,8 A (12V) - 5,3 A (24V) 9,8 A (12V) - 4 A (24V) 15 A (12V) - 7,5A (24V)
GP-3010 Dimensions GP-700 Dimensions
No. VALVES MODEL A X B cm (“) MODEL A X B cm (“) MODEL A X B cm (“)
2 valve GP-3012 26x22 (10.2x8.6) - -
3 valve GP-3013 26x22 (10.2x8.6) GP-3023 29x11,5 (11.5x4.5) GP-703 37x12 (14.5x4.7)
4 valve GP-3014 30x22 (11.8x8.6) GP-3024 36x11,5 (14.2x4.5) GP-704 37x12 (14.5x4.7)
5 valve GP-3015 37x22 (14.5x8.6) GP-3025 36x11,5 (14.2x4.5) GP-705 37x12 (14.5x4.7)
6 valve GP-3016 42x22 (16.5x8.6) - GP-706 42x12 (16.5x4.7)
7 valve - - GP-707 42x12 (16.5x4.7)
DIMENSIONS A x B cm (“)
67
OIL
CH
AN
GE
SYST
EMS
OP-700 PORTABLE OIL CHANGERThe OP-700 oil change system, featuring a full reversibile pump,connects directly to the dipstick tube. Portable or permanent, thissystem includes a poly-mounting board with handy carry handle,stainless steel cover plate, a safety switch lock and 6’ of marine gradewire. Ideal for gas applications, the heavy duty motor pumps hot orcold oil.
GP-301P PORTABLE OIL CHANGERThis system is designed to remove the oil from 4 cycle outboardengines quickly and with no mess.Simply hang the unit on the engine cawling, insert the nylon hoseinto the dipstick tube and attach the wire to a 12V power source. Oil isdrained into a container and can be removed from the boat for properdisposal.
FEATURES
■ Powerful reversible pumps specially designed to be used with oils.■ Self priming■ Compact size■ Exceptional high flow rate■ Built-in switch and circuit breaker ■ OP-700 impeller: Nitrile (oil) – Fluoroelastomer (diesel fuel)■ GP-301P: brass pump body, bronze gears and stainless steel shaft■ CE certified
PORTABLE PUMP SYSTEMS
OP-700
GP-301 P
PART No. MODEL DESCRIPTION
61636 U 360010 Oil transfer impeller (Nitrile)
61637 W 360014 Diesel fuel transfer impeller
61638 Y 360120 OP-6 Seal
61639 A SRK-360 Kit 1 impeller and seal - oil
61640 J 97360-2 Kit 2 impellers and seals - oil
61641 L SRK-370 Kit 1 impeller and seal – diesel fuel /oil
61642 N 97370-2 Kit 2 impellers and seals - diesel fuel /oil
61643 R 36003 3 way switch (on-off-on)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OP-700 GP-301P
Ports: est. M 3/4”- int. F 3/8” NPT 3/8” M JIC
Flow rate: 11,4 l/min (3.0 GPM) 11,4 l/min (3.0 GPM)
Self priming: 0,9 m (3 ft) 1,5 m (5 ft)
Lift: 3,0 m (10 ft) 4,5 m (15 ft)
Working press: from 0 to 1 bar (15PSI) -
Motor: 12V DC or 24V DC 12V DC or 24V DC
Amp: 7Amp (12V) – 3 Amp (24V) 8,8 Amp (12V) – 5,3 Amp (24V)
Weight: 3,6 kg (8 lbs) 2,7 kg (6 lbs)
SPARE PARTS
34
68
FUEL
PRI
MIN
G A
ND
PO
LISH
ING
SY
STEM
S
FP-301 FUEL PRIMING SYSTEMThe Reverso® Fuel Primer pumps fuel into the fuel lines, purgingtrapped air in the main feeding line and from primary filters,secondary filters and engines. To protect delicate fuel systems, allprimers have integral pressure relief valves which are factory set todeliver the proper fuel pressure for each engine.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ■ Ports: 1” NPT ■ Valve : 1” NPT full flow■ Amp: 10A (12V) – 5A (24V)■ Size: 25x29x11 cm (10”x11.4”x4.4”)
FUEL PRIMING AND POLISHING SYSTEMS
FP-301
FPS FUEL POLISHING SYSTEMSFPS Systems have been designed for fuel polishing directly in the tanksremoving 99% of water and particulates.They eliminate the build-up of algae and water in the tanks reducingthe costs of filter maintenance.FPS Systems include control panel and service filter alarm.
FPS-150
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FPS-80 FPS-150 FPS-210 AC
Inlet and Outlet ports: 1/2” # 8 JIC M 1/2” # 8 JIC M 1/2” # 8 JIC M
Flow rate: 300 l/h (80 GPH) 570 l/h (150 GPH) 795 l/h (210 GPH)
Self priming (system primed): - 1.5 m (5 ft) 1.5 m (5 ft)
Max lift: 1,2 m vertical (4 ft) 3.0 m (10 ft ) 9,1 m (30 ft )
Motor: 12V or 24V DC 12V or 24V DC AC perm. magnets
Amp: 3 A (12V) – 1,5 A (24V) 10 A (12V) – 5 A (24V) 1,4 (220V)
Dimensions W x H cm (“): 47x39 (18.5x15.5) 47x39 (18.5x15.5) 59x50 (23.2x20)
Weight: 9,5 kg (21 lbs) 11,3 kg (25 lbs) 27,2 kg (60 lbs)
All REVERSO products have a 5 year warranty and are CE certified.
®®®®
669
MA
RIN
E PU
MPS
AN
D B
LOW
ERS
35
70
ELEC
TRIC
PU
MPS
BRONZE SELF-PRIMING - ELECTRIC PUMPS
U040 U030 U025 U020
Self-priming side liquid ring electric pumps used to empty bilges and transfer uninflammable liquids such as: freshwater, sea water, fuel diesel and generallyall low viscosity and free of solid impurities liquids.
Standard featuresBronze pump body, bronze impeller, AISI 316 stainless steel shaft, corrosion-proofclamping rings, continuous duty electric motorwith F insulation class, IP55 protection.On request BSP thread pumps also available.Delivery diagram: page 81.
Application limits Uninflammable liquids free of solid impurities.Liquid temperature range: from 0° C to 70° C.Static pressure internal to the pump body: 6bar max.
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MODEL VOLT MAX MAX MAX MAXAMP INLET HEAD DELIVERY
12V DC 26 AU020
24V DC 14 A4 m (13.1’) 10 m (32.8’) 28 l/min
12V DC 38 AU025
24V DC 22 A6 m (19.7’) 12 m (39.4’) 52 l/min
12V DC 44 AU030
24V DC 28 A6 m (19.7’) 18 m (59.0’) 75 l/min
U040 24 V DC 45 A 6 m (19.7’) 22 m (72.2’) 120 l/min
U050-MT 230V AC/380V AC - 6 m (19.7’) 30 m (98.4’) 250 l/min
U070-T 380V AC - 6 m (19.7’) 40 m (131.2’) 500 l/min
MODEL Ø IN mm (“) Ø OUT mm (“) A mm (“) B mm (“) C mm (“) WEIGHT kg (lbs)
U020 20 (0.8) 20 (0.8) 310 (12.2) 165 (6.5) 145 (5.7) 5.7 (12.5)
U025 25 (1) 25 (1) 345 (13.6) 180 (7.1) 178 (7) 9.6 (21.2)
U030 30 (1.2) 30 (1.2) 405 (15.9) 205 (8) 215 (8.5) 13.5 (29.7)
U040 40 (1.6) 40 (1.6) 520 (20.5) 218 (8.6) 230 (9) 21.0 (46.3)
U050 50 (1.9) 50 (1.9) 435 (17.1) 247 (9.7) 245 (9.6) 27.2 (59.5)
U070 70 (2.4) 70 (2.4) 680 (26.8) 260 (10.2) 360 (14.2) 75 (165.3)
71
ELEC
TRIC
PU
MPS
USBM-midex
USBM-midex SELF-PRIMING ELECTRIC PUMP
Rotary self-priming volumetric electric pumpsused on boats to empty waste tanks, toiletsewage and particularly viscous oily fluids orliquids with small debries in suspension.
Standard featuresAISI 316 stainless steel body pump, neopreneimpeller, AISI 316 stainless steel shaft,corrosion-proof clamping rings, continuousduty electric motor with F insulation class,IP20 protection.Delivery diagram: page 81.
Application limits Never let the USBM-Midex pump run whenempty. Liquid temperature range: from 0° C to 70° C.Static pressure internal to the pump body: 6bar max.For use as oil and/or fuel transfer pump it isnecessary nitrile impeller (available onrequest).
Spare impellers:■ Neoprene impeller - 66538 W■ Nitrile impeller
(for only transfer) - 66539 Y
MODEL VOLT MAX MAX MAX MAXAMP INLET HEAD DELIVERY
USBM - midex 24V DC 30 A 6 m (19.7’) 27 m (88.6’) 64 l/min
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MODEL Ø IN Ø OUT A mm (“) B mm (“) C mm (“) WEIGHT kg (lbs)
USBM-midex 1” 1/4 BSP-F 1” 1/4 BSP-F 350 (13.8) 215 (8.5) 159 (6.3) 15 (33)
36
72
ELEC
TRIC
PU
MPS
UCE 03
CENTRIFUGAL ELECTRIC PUMPS - UCE SERIES
Single impeller centrifugal electric pumps usedto transfer and/or supply large quantity ofliquid. They are used to transferuninflammable liquids such as diesel fuel or todeliver fresh water to those equipments thatrequire a high water flow rate (eg. airconditioning units).
Standard featuresAluminum pump body, noryl impeller, AISI 420stainless steel shaft, cast iron support , woundfield electric motor. F insulation class. IP 20protection.Delivery diagram: page 81.
Application limitsSolid impurities free liquid, liquid temperaturerange from 0 to + 50 C°, max static internalpressure of the pump body: 6 bar.
MODEL VOLT MAX MAX MAX MAX AMP INLET HEAD DELIVERY
UCE 03-12 12V DC 38 A 4 m (13.1’) 20 m (65.6’) 65 l/min
UCE 03-24 24V DC 28 A 4 m (13.1’) 28 m (91.8’) 70 l/min
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MODEL Ø IN Ø OUT A mm (“) B mm (“) C mm (“) WEIGHT kg (lbs)
UCE 03-12/24 1” 1” 260 (10.2) 125 (4.9) 140 (5.5) 6 (13.2)
73
ELEC
TRIC
PU
MPS
BRONZE SELF-PRIMING ELECTRIC PUMPS - UABR SERIES
Multi-stage bronze self-priming electric pumpfitted with radial impellers. These pumps arewidely used to empty bilges, to attend fireequipments, to wash chains, to transfer fueldiesel etc.
Standard featuresBronze pump body, bronze impellers, AISI 316stainless steel shaft, continuous duty electricmotor with F insulation class, IP20 protection.
Application limits Solid impurities free liquid, liquid temperaturerange from 0 to + 90 C°, max static internalpressure of the pump body: 20 bar.
UABR
MODEL VOLT MAX MAX MAX MAX AMP INLET HEAD DELIVERY
UABR 32/1 24V DC 52 A 9 m (29.5’) 28 m (91.8’) 160 l/min
UABR 32/2 24V DC 90 A 9 m (29.5’) 52 m (170.6’) 160 l/min
UABR 40/1 24V DC 90 A 9 m (29.5’) 40 m (131.2’) 250 l/min
UABR 32/2-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 9 m (29.5’) 50 m (164’) 150 l/min
UABR 40/2-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 9 m (29.5’) 75 m (246’) 220 l/min
UABR 50/2-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 9 m (29.5’) 82 m (269’) 400 l/min
UABR 65/2-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 9 m (29.5’) 85 m (278.8’) 600 l/min
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MODEL Ø IN mm (“) Ø OUT mm (“) A mm (“) B mm (“) C mm (“) WEIGHT kg (lbs)
UABR 32/1 100 (3.9) 140 (5.5) 690 (27.2) 135 (5.3) 247 (9.7) 56 (123.4)
UABR 32/2 100 (3.9) 140 (5.5) 730 (28.7) 135 (5.3) 247 (9.7) 60 (132.3)
UABR 40/1 110 (4.3) 150 (5.9) 785 (30.9) 155 (6.1) 272 (10.7) 70 (154.3)
UABR 32/2-M/T 100 (3.9) 140 (5.5) 720 (28.3) 135 (5.3) 247 (9.7) 44 (97.0)
UABR 40/2-M/T 110 (4.3) 150 (5.9) 840 (33.1) 155 (6.1) 272 (10.7) 75 (165.3)
UABR 50/2-M/T 125 (4.9) 165 (6.5) 1100 (43.3) 170 (6.7) 325 (12.8) 132 (291.0)
UABR 65/2-M/T 145 (5.7) 185 (7.3) 1225 (48.2) 195 (7.6) 360 (14.2) 202 (445.3)
37
74
ELEC
TRIC
PU
MPS
AN
D P
RESS
URE
BO
OST
ER S
ETS
UJ-INOX
SELF-PRIMING STAINLESS STEEL ELECTRIC PUMPSAND PRESSURE BOOSTER SETS – UJ SERIES
UJ SERIES ELECTRIC PUMPSSelf-priming centrifugal electric pumps, Jet type, with high suctioncapacity. These electric pumps are used to deliver pressurized water toon-board appliances (showers, toilets, washbasins etc.).
Standard featuresAISI 304 stainless steel pump body, noryl diffuser and venture tube,AISI 316 stainless steel shaft, corrosion-proof clamping rings,continuous duty electric motor with F insulation class.Delivery diagram: page 81.
Application limits Liquid free of solid impurities, liquid temperature range: from 0° C to50° C, static pressure inside the pump body: 6 bar max.
UJ-INOX 20X
PRESSURE BOOSTER SETS - UJ SERIES UJ-INOX pressure booster sets are equipped with UJ electric pumps andwith a stainless steel cylindrical tank (X) with inside butyl rubberdiaphragm suitable for food stuff, widely used for constant waterpressure for all on-board appliances such as kitchens, showers,washbasins etc.
Standard featuresManual safety pressure switch, pressure gauge, non return valve, 5 ways brass pipe fitting.
MODEL SWITCH TANK MAX MAX TANKPRE-SET PRESSURE DELIVERY PRESSURE CAPACITY
UJ-INOX 12/8X 1.4-2.0 bar 1.2 bar 40 l/min 3.0 bar 8 l
UJ-INOX 12/20X 1.4-2.0 bar 1.2 bar 40 l/min 3.0 bar 20 l
UJ-INOX 24/8X 1.4-2.8 bar 1.2 bar 40 l/min 4.0 bar 8 l
UJ-INOX 24/20X 1.4-2.8 bar 1.2 bar 40 l/min 4.0 bar 20 l
UJ-INOX M/20X 1.4-3.5 bar 1.2 bar 50 l/min 4.8 bar 20 l
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MODEL Ø IN Ø OUT A B C WEIGHTmm (“) mm (“) mm (“) kg (lbs)
UJ-INOX 12/24-8X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 450 (17.3) 225 (8.8) 430 (16.9) 13 (28.6)
UJ-INOX 12/24-20X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 440 (17.3) 260 (10.2) 575 (22.6) 15 (33.0)
UJ-INOX M-20X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 440 (17.3) 260 (10.2) 575 (22.6) 13.5 (29.7)
MODEL VOLT MAX MAX MAX MAXAMP INLET HEAD DELIVERY
UJ-INOX 12 12V DC 42 A 9 m (29.5’) 30 m (118.8’) 50 l/min
UJ-INOX 24 24V DC 28 A 9 m (29.5’) 40 m (157.5’) 50 l/min
UJ-INOX M 220V AC 3 A 9 m (29.5’) 48 m (188.9’) 50 l/min
75
UMG-INOX 20X
UMG SERIES - PRESSURE BOOSTER SETSUMG-INOX pressure booster sets are equipped with a UMG serieselectric pump and with a stainless steel cylindrical tank (X) with insidebutyl rubber diaphragm suitable for food stuff, widely used forconstant water pressure for all on-board appliances such as kitchens,showers, washbasins etc.
Standard featuresManual safety pressure switch, pressure gauge, non return valve, 5 ways brass pipe fitting.
ELEC
TRIC
PU
MPS
AN
D P
RESS
URE
BO
OST
ER S
ETS
UMG-INOX
SELF-PRIMING BRONZE ELECTRIC PUMPSAND PRESSURE BOOSTER SETS - UMG SERIES
UMG SERIES ELECTRIC PUMPSSelf-priming electric pumps featuring 4 impellers that allow for ahigher pressure and flow rate then the UJ-Inox pumps.
Standard featuresAISI 304 stainless steel pump body, noryl diffuser and Venturi tube, AISI316 stainless steel shaft, corrosion-proof clamping rings, continuousduty electric motor with F insulation class. Delivery diagram: page 81
Application limits Liquid free of solid impurities. Liquid temperature range: from 0° C to50° C.Static pressure inside the pump body: 6 bar max.
MODEL VOLT MAX MAX MAX MAXAMP INLET HEAD DELIVERY
UMG-INOX 24 24V DC 28 A 9 m (29.5’) 50 m (164.0’) 90 l/min
UMG-INOX M 220V AC 3 A 9 m (29.5’) 50 m (164.0’) 90 l/min
MODEL SWITCH TANK MAX MAX TANKPRE-SET PRESSURE DELIVERY PRESSURE CAPACITY
UMG-INOX 24/20X 1.4 – 3.5 bar 1.2 bar 90 l/min 5 bar 20 l
UMG-INOX M/20X 1.4 – 3.5 bar 1.2 bar 90 l/min 5 bar 20 l
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MODEL Ø IN Ø OUT A B C WEIGHTmm (“) mm (“) mm (“) kg (lbs)
UMG-INOX 24-20X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 570 (22.4) 260 (10.2) 575 (22.6) 20 (44.0)
UMG-INOX M-20X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 570 (22.4) 260 (10.2) 575 (22.6) 16.5 (36.4)
38
76
ELEC
TRIC
PU
MPS
AN
D P
RESS
URE
BO
OST
ER S
ETS
UJBR
SELF-PRIMING BRONZE ELECTRIC PUMPSAND PRESSURE BOOSTER SETS - UJBR SERIES
UJBR SERIES ELECTRIC PUMPSSelf-priming electric pumps, Jet type, with closed impeller, featuring a highsuction capacity. These electric pumps are used for rising both fresh and seawater and to deliver pressurized water to on-board appliances (showers,toilets, washbasins etc), to air-conditioning units, anti-fire equipment. Used forwashing of decks and chains.
Standard featuresBronze pump body, polycarbonate diffuser and Venturi tube, AISI 316 stainlesssteel shaft, special brass alloy impeller, corrosion-proof clamping rings,continuous duty electric motor with F insulation class.Delivery diagram: page 81.
Application limits Liquid free of solid impurities. Liquid temperature range: from 0° C to 70° C.Static pressure inside the pump body: 6 bar max.
MODEL VOLT MAX MAX MAX MAXAMP INLET HEAD DELIVERY
UJBR 12 12V DC 42 A 8 m (26.2’) 30 m (98.4’) 44 l/min
UJBR 24 24V DC 28 A 9 m (29.5’) 36 m (118.1’) 55 l/min
UJBR M 220V AC 3 A 9 m (29.5’) 52 m (170.6’) 55 l/min
UJBR 20X
UJBR SERIES - PRESSURE BOOSTER SETSUJBR pressure booster sets are equipped with a UJBR electric pumpand with a stainless steel cylindrical tank (X) with inside butyl rubberdiaphragm suitable for food stuff, widely used for constant waterpressure for all on-board appliances such as kitchens, showers,washbasins etc.
Standard featuresManual safety pressure switch, pressure gauge, non return valve, 5 ways brass pipe fitting.
MODEL SWITCH TANK MAX MAX TANKPRE-SET PRESSURE DELIVERY PRESSURE CAPACITY
UJBR 12/8X 1.4-2.0 bar 1.2 bar 44 l/min 3.0 bar 8 l
UJBR 12/20X 1.4-2.0 bar 1.2 bar 44 l/min 3.0 bar 20 l
UJBR 24/8X 1.4-2.8 bar 1.2 bar 55 l/min 3.6 bar 8 l
UJBR 24/20X 1.4-2.8 bar 1.2 bar 55 l/min 3.6 bar 20 l
UJBR M/20X 1.4-3.5 bar 1.2 bar 55 l/min 5.2 bar 20 l
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MODEL Ø IN Ø OUT A B C WEIGHTmm (“) mm (“) mm (“) kg (lbs)
UJBR 12/8X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 455 (17.9) 220 (8.7) 420 (16.5) 26 (57.3)
UJBR 12/20X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 480 (18.9) 260 (10.2) 590 (23.2) 28 (61.7)
UJBR 24/8X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 455 (17.9) 220 (8.7) 420 (16.5) 26 (57.3)
UJBR 24/20X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 480 (18.9) 260 (10.2) 590 (23.2) 28 (61.7)
UJBR M/20X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 480 (18.9) 260 (10.2) 590 (23.2) 26 (57.3)
77
ELEC
TRIC
PU
MPS
AN
D P
RESS
URE
BO
OST
ER S
ETS
UPB
PERIPHERAL BRONZE ELECTRIC PUMPSAND PRESSURE BOOSTER SETS - UPB SERIES
UPB SERIES ELECTRIC PUMPSCompact single-impeller peripheral electric pumps apt to develop highpressures compared to limited flow rate. These electric pumps are usedfor rising both fresh and fresh sea water and to deliver pressurizedwater to on-board appliances (showers, toilets, washbasins etc.), to air-conditioning units, anti-fire equipment.Used for washing of decks and chains.
Standard featuresBronze body pump, AISI 316 stainless steel shaft, special BRASS alloyimpeller, corrosion-proof clamping rings, continuous duty electricmotor with F insulation class. Delivery diagram: page 81
Application limits Liquid free of solid impurities. Liquid temperature range: from 0° C to70° C. Static pressure inside the pump body: 6 bar max.
MODEL VOLT MAX MAX MAX MAXAMP INLET HEAD DELIVERY
UPB 12 12V DC 36 A 6 m (19.7’) 40 m (131.2’) 35 l/min
UPB 24 24V AC 22 A 6 m (19.7’) 42 m (137.8’) 36 l/min
MODEL SWITCH TANK MAX MAX TANKPRE-SET PRESSURE DELIVERY PRESSURE CAPACITY
UPB-12/2X 1.4-2.8 bar 1.2 bar 35 l/min 4 bar 2 l
UPB-12/8X-L 1.4-2.8 bar 1.2 bar 35 l/min 4 bar 8 l
UPB-24/2X 1.4-2.8 bar 1.2 bar 36 l/min 4.2 bar 2 l
UPB-24/8X-L 1.4-2.8 bar 1.2 bar 36 l/min 4.2 bar 8 l
UPB 2X
UPB SERIES - PRESSURE BOOSTER SETSUPB pressure booster sets are equipped with a UPB electric pump andwith a stainless steel or iron (L) cylindrical tank (X) with inside butylrubber diaphragm suitable for food stuff, widely used for constantwater pressure for all on-board appliances such as kitchens, showers,washbasins etc.
Standard featuresManual safety pressure switch, pressure gauge, non return valve, 5 ways brass pipe fitting.
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MODEL Ø IN Ø OUT A B C WEIGHTmm (“) mm (“) mm (“) kg (lbs)
UPB-12/2X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 295 (11.6) 205 (8.1) 295 (11.6) 9 (19.8)
UPB-12/8X-L 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 420 (16.5) 225 (8.8) 330 (13.0) 10 (22.0)
UPB-24/2X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 295 (11.6) 205 (8.1) 295 (11.6) 9 (19.8)
UPB-24/8X-L 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 420 (16.5) 225 (8.8) 330 (13.0) 10 (22.0)
39
78
ELEC
TRIC
PU
MPS
IN S
ERIE
S
UGA 1/J
ELECTRIC PUMPS IN SERIESUJ-INOX, UMG-INOX and UJBR pumps can be connected in series. Withthis peculiar application a double flow rate can be obtained and thesystem can face an emergency stop of one of the pumps duringnavigation.Connecting one 12V (or 24 VDC) pump to a 230 VAC pump, the powerabsorption is reduced for a longer battery life.
MODEL PUMP 1 PUMP 2 MOTOR POWER CURRENT MAX MAXKw A DELIVERY PRESSURE
UGA1/J UJ-INOX 24 UJ-INOX 24 DC+DC 0,6+0,6 28+28 50+50 l/min. 4 bar
UGA2/J UJ-INOX M UJ-INOX M AC+AC 0,6+0,6 / 50+50 l/min. 4 bar
UGA3/J UJ-INOX 24 UJ-INOX M DC+AC 0,6+0,6 28+/ 50+50 l/min. 4 bar
UGA1/MG UMG-INOX 24 UMG-INOX 24 DC+DC 0,75+0,75 40+40 90+90 l/min. 5 bar
UGA2/MG UMG-INOX M UMG-INOX M AC+AC 0,75+0,75 / 90+90 l/min. 5 bar
UGA3/MG UMG-INOX 24 UMG-INOX M DC+AC 0,75+0,75 40+/ 90+90 l/min. 5 bar
UGA1/JBR UJBR 24 UJBR 24 DC+DC 0,6+0,6 28+28 55+55 l/min. 3,6 bar
UGA2/JBR UJBR M UJBR M AC+AC 0,6+0,6 / 55+55 l/min. 5 bar
UGA3/JBR UJBR 24 UJBR M DC+AC 0,6+0,6 28+/ 55+55 l/min. 5 bar
ELECTRIC PUMPS IN SERIES
79
PRES
SURE
BOO
STER
SET
S W
ITH
ELEC
TRON
IC C
ONTR
OL S
YSTE
MUPB/EPC
UJ-INOX/EPC
UJBR/EPC
UMG-INOX/EPC
PRESSURE BOOSTER SETS WITH ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM
Pressure Booster Sets featuring an Electronic Control System EPC (Electronic Pressure Control) that automatically controls thepump start and stop stages when the pressure drops or when the water supply to the system is interrupted. The electronic control system EPC will guarantee the automatic stop of the pump when the water supply has run out(preventing damage to the pump if dry running) and will offer constant monitoring of the operation by means of warninglights.If in lack of water the pump stops, in which case the EPC device will allow the pump to make brief starts at regular breaks tocheck the availability of water. If the pump is able to take in water during one of these attempts (maximum 4), the pressurebooster set will restart its normal operation. After four attempts, the EPC device will stop the pump definitively. The pump canthen be restarted only by pressing the “Reset” button.
MODEL VOLT AMP MAX MAXMAX DELIVERY PRESSURE
UJ-INOX/EPC-12 12V DC 40 A 40 l/min 3 bar
UJ-INOX/EPC-24 24V DC 28 A 40 l/min 4 bar
UJ-INOX/EPC-M 230V AC - 50 l/min 4,8 bar
UMG-INOX/EPC-24 24V DC 40 A 90 l/min 5 bar
UMG-INOX/EPC-M 230V AC - 90 l/min 5 bar
UJBR/EPC-12 12V DC 42 A 44 l/min 3 bar
UJBR/EPC-24 24V DC 28 A 55 l/min 3,6 bar
UJBR/EPC-M 230V AC - 55 l/min 5,2 bar
UPB/EPC-12 12V DC 36 A 35 l/min 4 bar
UPB/EPC-24 24V DC 22 A 36 l/min 4,2 bar
Inlet: 1” BSP - F (Gas)Outlet: 1” BSP - M (Gas)
40
80
SELF
-PRI
MIN
G P
UM
PSBIDIRECTIONAL SELF-PRIMING PUMPSNAUTIC AND SPECIAL SERIES
UN
UN F US FM
Bidirectional side liquid ring self-priming pumps. Thanks to their high delivery capability, these pumps are widely usedin marine applications sector to empty bilges or for sea water suction. Upon request these pumps are also availablewith BSP thread.
Standard featuresBronze body pump, bronze impeller, bronze pipe fittings, AISI 316 stainless steel shaft, corrosion-proof clamping rings.Delivery diagram: page 81.
Application limits Liquid free of solid impurities, liquid temperature range: from 0° C to 70° C, static pressure inside the pump body: 6 barmax.
NAUTIC SERIES
SPECIAL SERIES
*FM = Magnetic clutch 12 V DC or 24 V
MODEL OPERATION MAX MAX MAX DELIVERYINLET HEAD l/min@ rpm
UN 025 bare shaft 6 m (19.7’) 18 m (70.8’) 60 @ 2800
UN 030-030 F Manual clutch 6 m (19.7’) 18 m (70.8’) 75 @ 1400
UN 040-040 F Manual clutch 6 m (19.7’) 22 m (88.6’) 120 @ 1400
UN 050-050 F Manual clutch 6 m (19.7’) 30 m (118.1’) 230 @ 1400
UN 070-070 F Manual clutch 6 m (19.7’) 40 m (157.4’) 500 @ 1400
MODEL OPERATION MAX MAX MAX DELIVERYINLET HEAD l/min@ rpm
US 020 Bare shaft 6 m (19.7’) 15 m (59.0’) 30 @ 2800
US 025 Bare shaft 6 m (19.7’) 18 m (70.8’) 60 @ 2800
US 030-030 FM* Magneticl clutch 6 m (19.7’) 18 m (70.8’) 75 @ 1400
US 040-040 FM* Magneticl clutch 6 m (19.7’) 22 m (88.6’) 120 @ 1400
US 050-050 FM* Magneticl clutch 6 m (19.7’) 30 m (118.1’) 230 @ 1400
US
81
PUM
P PE
RFO
RMA
NCE
S
UFLEX ELECTRIC PUMP PERFORMANCES ((DELIVERY DIAGRAMS)
41
82
LEFT DIRECTION
LDRIGHT DIRECTION
RD
CEN
TRIF
UG
AL
BLO
WER
S
UBLC
CENTRIFUGAL ELECTRIC BLOWERS - UBLC SERIES
UBLC spiral centrifugal electric blowers are used forsuction and ventilation of air in closedcompartments such as toilets, kitchen, engine roometc.
Standard featuresPainted steel casing, fan with forward andbalanced steel blades, continuous duty electricmotor with F insulation class, IP 44 protection(alternal current), IP 23 (direct current)
The orientation of the blower must be stated whenordering (see drawing).
MODEL VOLT MAX RPM MAX DELIVERY MAX HEADAMP m3/min mm H2O
UBLC 002-12 12V DC 3,2 A 2800 4,5 22
UBLC 002-24 24V DC 1,6 A 2800 4,5 22
UBLC 002-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 2800 4,5 22
UBLC 004-12 12V DC 12 A 2000 15 30
UBLC 004-24 24V DC 6 A 2000 15 30
UBLC 004-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 2800 15 45
UBLC 015-24 24V DC 13 A 1400 24 34
UBLC 015-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 1400 24 34
UBLC 028-24 24V DC 16 A 2800 24 64
UBLC 028-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 2800 24 64
UBLC 023-24 24V DC 28 A 2000 37 64
UBLC 023-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 2800 58 130
UBLC 025-24 24V DC 24 A 1400 50 55
UBLC 025-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 1400 50 55
UBLC 030-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 1400 95 75
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS: SEE PAGE 84
83
FLUX P FLUX A
Flux P - Extractor Flux A - Blower
HEL
ICO
IDA
L BL
OW
ERS
HELICOIDAL ELECTRIC BLOWERS - UVE SERIES
UVE
UVE helicoidal electric blowers are used for suctionand ventilation of air in closed compartments suchas toilets, kitchen and engine rooms.
Standard featuresPainted sheet steel drum, polypropylene balancedfan (temperature range: from -5° C to 70° C),continuous duty electric motor with F insulationclass, IP 44 protection.
The orientation of the blower must be specifiedwhen ordering (see drawing below).
MODEL VOLT MAX RPM MAX DELIVERY MAX HEADAMP m3/min mm H2O
UVE 25-12 12V DC 22 A 2500 30 13UVE 25-24 24V DC 11A 2500 30 13UVE 25-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 2800 35 14
UVE 30-12 12V DC 10 A 1400 42 8UVE 30-24 24V DC 5 A 1400 42 8UVE 30-M/T 230V AC/380V AC 1400 42 8
UVE 30/2-24 24V DC 14 A 2000 75 22UVE 30/2-M/T 230V AC/380V AC 2800 78 35
UVE 35-12 12V DC 12 A 1400 56 13UVE 35-24 24V DC 6 A 1400 56 13UVE 35-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 1400 56 13
UVE 35/2-24 24V DC 16 A 2000 96 18UVE 35/2-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 2800 100 46
UVE 40-12 12V DC 14 A 1400 70 14UVE 40-24 24V DC 7 A 1400 70 14UVE 40-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 1400 70 14
UVE 40/2-24 24V DC 18 A 2000 130 24UVE 40/2-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 2800 130 40
UVE 45-24 24V DC 9 A 1400 107 17UVE 45-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 1400 107 17
UVE 45/2-24 24V DC 22 A 2000 144 28UVE 45/2-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 2800 175 51
UVE 50-24 24V DC 38 A 1400 160 20UVE 50-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 1400 160 20
UVE 56-24 24V DC 40 A 1400 225 23UVE 56-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 1400 225 23
UVE 63-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 1400 312 32
UVE 71-T 380V AC - 1400 330 30
UVE 71/B-T 380V AC - 1400 400 40
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS: SEE PAGE 84
42
84
PROTECTION GRID
* MOTOR SUPPORT
BLO
WER
SCENTRIFUGAL AND HELICOIDAL ELECTRIC BLOWERS
UBLC - DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MODEL A mm (“) Ø V mm (“) Ø T mm (“) WEIGHT Kg (lbs)
UVE 25 330 (13.0) 250 (9.8) 310 (12.2) 8 (17.6)
UVE 30 330 (13.0) 305 (12.0) 378 (14.9) 9 (19.8)
UVE 30/2 330 (13.0) 305 (12.0) 378 (14.9) 9 (19.8)
UVE 35 330 (13.0) 350 (13.8) 425 (16.7) 11 (14.3)
UVE 35/2 330 (13.0) 350 (13.8) 425 (16.7) 11 (14.3)
UVE 40 330 (13.0) 400 (15.7) 473 (18.6) 12 (26.4)
UVE 40/2 330 (13.0) 400 (15.7) 473 (18.6) 12 (26.4)
UVE 45 330 (13.0) 450 (17.7) 523 (20.6) 13 (28.6)
UVE 45/2 330 (13.0) 450 (17.7) 523 (20.6) 13 (28.6)
UVE 50 330 (13.0) 500 (19.7) 573 (22.5) 21 (46.3)
UVE 56 330 (13.0) 560 (22.0) 633 (24.9) 23 (50.7)
UVE 63 310 (12.2) 630 (24.8) 704 (27.7) 28 (61.7)
UVE 71 315 (12.4) 710 (27.9) 774 (30.5) 35 (77.2)
UVE 71/B 320 (12.6) 710 (27.9) 774 (30.5) 44 (97.0)
UVE - DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MODEL Ø IN mm (”) Ø OUT mm (”) A mm (”) B mm (”) C mm (”) WEIGHT kg (lbs)
UBLC 002 85 (3.3) 59 (2.3) 190 (7.5) 243 (9.5) 168 (6.6) 2,5 (5.5)
UBLC 004 110 (4.3) 98 (3.8) 270 (10.6) 340 (13.4) 225 (8.8) 6 (13.2)
UBLC 015 180 (7.1) 148 (5.8) 405 (16.0) 370 (14.6) 338 (13.3) 14 (30.9)
UBLC 028 122 (4.8) 118 (4.6) 322 (12.7) 320 (12.6) 273 (12.6) 8 (17.6)
UBLC 023 200 (7.8) 160 (6.3) 410 (16.1) 390 (15.3) 340 (13.4) 19 (41.9)
UBLC 025 250 (9.8) 250 (9.8) 515 (20.3) 438 (17.2) 420 (16.5) 26 (57.3)
UBLC 030 300 (11.8) 300 (11.8) 615 (24.2) 510 (20.0) 500 (19.7) 36 (79.4)
Q U A L I T Y M A R I N E A C C E S S O R I E S
885
SPOTLIGHTSMARINE HORNSWIPER SYSTEMS
SPO
TLIG
HTS
- H
ORN
S -
WIP
ER S
YST
EMS
43
86
SPO
TLIG
HTS
■ Illuminates objects up to a mile away■ Marine grade construction■ Light can be directed manually without damaging
motors■ Beamer lights are motorized for smooth trouble free
remote operation- Amp Draw: 8 Amp, up to 10 on start- Operation: 12V Halogen- Bulb: replaceable 100 Watt Halogen bulb- Overall Dimensions: H 263mm (10.37”) x W 187mm
(7.37”) x D 235mm (9.25”)- Base Dimensions: W 146mm (5.75”) x D 159mm
(6.25”)- Weight: 1,7 kg (3.75 lbs)
SPOTLIGHT WITH PUSH BUTTON CONTROL
502A - 66943F - 12V Spotlight controlled by apush button
SPOTLIGHT WITH JOYSTICK CONTROL
- 15 ft wiring harness included- Smaller diameter wiring harness is easy to install- Secondary station may be added (see parts and
accessories)- Joystick control cutout: H 41,3mm (1.63”) x L
69,8mm (2.75”)
502-1 66897 B – 12V Spotlight with Joystick Control502-2 66898 D – 24V Spotlight with Joystick Control
SPOTLIGHT WITH WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROL
- Wireless transmitter controls spotlight functions- Remote control works up to 150 ft away- Easy to install- Security code on remote unit prevents unauthorized use- Wireless secondary station may be added (see parts and accessories)
501A 66899 F – Spotlight with Wireless Remote Control
HALOGEN SPOT/FLOOD WITH REMOTE JOYSTICK CONTROL■ Illuminates objects up to a mile away■ Marine grade construction■ Light can be directed manually without damaging motors■ 100 Watt spotlight with 55 Watt floodlight■ Includes 15 ft wiring harness■ Secondary station may be added (see parts and accessories)
- Amp Draw: 8 Amp, up to 10 on start- Operation: 12V Halogen- Bulb: replaceable Halogen bulb- Overall Dimensions: H 263mm (10.37”) x W 187mm (7.37”) x D. 235mm (9.25”)- Base Dimensions: W 146mm (5.75”) x D 159mm (6.25”)- Weight: 1,7 kg (3.75 lbs)- Joystick control cutout: H 41,3mm (1.63”) x L 69,8mm (2.75”)
503-1 66900 L – 12V Spot/Flood with Joystick Control503-2 66861 D – 24V Spot/Flood with Joystick Control
BEAMER™ - HALOGEN SPOTLIGHTSREMOTE CONTROL HALOGEN SPOTLIGHT
87
SPO
TLIG
HTS
12V XENON SPOTLIGHT WITH WIRELESS REMOTECONTROL
■ Twice as bright as Halogen spotlights■ Wireless remote control – works from 100 feet
away■ Built-in RF receiver – no extra pieces to mantain or
install■ Waterproof bullet connectors for ease of
installation■ Fortified “neck” bracing to resist damage due to
side impact
505 – 66901 N - 12V Xenon Spotlight with WirelessRemote Control
STAINLESS STEEL HALOGEN SPOT/FLOOD WITHREMOTE JOYSTICK CONTROL
■ 316 stainless steel base, 304 stainless steel head■ Includes joystick control and 15’ wiring cable with
easy to install plug ends■ Secondary station may be added (see parts and
accessories)■ Light can be directed manually without damaging
motors- Spot Power: 72.000 CP- Flood Power: 30.000 CP- Amp Draw: 7 Amp- Operation: 12V Incandescent- Bulb: Replaceable Incandescent- Lamp Dimensions: H 241mm (9.5”) x W 114mm
(4.5”) x L 190mm (7.5”)- Base Dimensions: L 140mm (5.5”) x W 89mm (3.5”)- Weight: 2,7 kg (6 lbs)- Joystick requires 70mm (2.75”) installation hole
22040A - 66860 B - Stainless Steel Halogen Spot/Floodwith Joystick Control
HALOGEN SPOTLIGHT WITH REMOTE JOYSTICKCONTROL
■ Corrosion-proof, impact resistant, UV stabilized ABS■ Includes joystick control and 15’ wiring cable with
easy to install plug ends■ Secondary station may be added (see parts and
accessories)■ Light can be directed manually without damaging
motors- Spot Power: 100.000 CP- Amp Draw: 4 Amp- Operation: 12V Haloge- Bulb: Replaceable Sealed Beam- Lamp Dimensions: H 233mm (9.18”) x W 219mm
(8.63”) x L 220mm (8.68”)- Base Dimensions: 127mm (5”) Diameter- Weigh: 1,9 kg (4.25 lbs)- Joystick control cutout: H 41,3mm (1.63”) x L
69,8mm (2.75”)
22200 - 66859 T Halogen Spotlight with JoystickControl
SPOTLIGHTMODEL
CONTROLPANEL
501-A 729825
502-1 U-3605
502-2 22209-24
503-1 U-3606
DUAL STATIONCONTROL KIT
729825
729488
729489
729491
REPLACEMENTBULB KIT
729493
729493
729493
729494
EXTENSIONCABLE KIT
ND
502A 729827-P 729828-P 729493 729528
729528
729528
729528
503-2 22208-24
22040A 22240
729492
22218A
729494
22014-P
729528
22200 22209 22219A 22230-P 22010A-P
22010A-P
BEAMER SPOTLIGTH PARTS & ACCESSORIES
22040A
22200
505
44
88
MA
RIN
E H
ORN
S
“H” HORN PHASE II – DROP-IN HIDDEN HORNWITH GRILLS
■ Comes with both a white ASA and a black ABS screw-in grills and includes a stainless steel cover
■ Grills have water resistant fabric liners■ Easy installation: 69,8mm (2.75”) diameter hole x
25,4mm (1”) deep■ 12 Volt, maximum Amp draw: 4 Amp■ dB(A) rating: 111 at one meter■ Fundamental frequency: 370±20Hz■ Mounts from the outside, grill screws on for easy
installation■ Easy retrofit
10087 - 66903 T – Drop-in Hidden Horn with Grills
“H” HORN PHASE II – DROP-IN HIDDEN HORNWITHOUT GRILL
■ Same features as 10087 without grill■ When purchasing bulk version, grill must be
ordered separately
11080 - 66904 V - Drop-in Hidden Horn without Grill11187 - 66905 X - Screw-in White ASA Grill for 1108011188 - 66906 Z - Screw-in Black ABS Grill for 1108011096 - 66907 B - Screw-in Stainless Steel Grill Kit for
11080: includes stainless steel grill cover andplastic white (11187) screw-in grill
DROP-IN “H” HORN WITH GRILLS
■ Comes with both black ABS and white ASA snap-ingrills
■ dB(A) rating: 107 at one meter■ Fundamental frequency: 370±20Hz■ Internal space requirements: H 50,8mm (2”) x W
85,6mm (3.37”) x D 82,5mm (3.25”)■ Distinctive marine horn sound■ Enclosed sound unit■ Easy installation or retofit, mounts from the outside■ 12 Volt, maximum Amp draw: 4 Amp10079 - 66908 D - Drop-in “H” Horn with Grills
DROP-IN HIDDEN HORN WITHOUT GRILL
■ Internal space requirements: H 57,2mm (2.25”) x W92,2mm (3.63”) x D 88,9mm (3.5”)
■ Maximum Amp draw: 3 Amp■ dB(A) rating: 105 at one meter■ Fundamental frequency: 440±20Hz■ Mounts from the outside, horn grill snap on for
easy installation■ Easy retrofit■ Grill must be ordered separately11095 - 66909 F – Drop-in Hidden Horn without Grill11090 - 66910 P - Snap-in White ASA Grill for 1109511091 - 66911 S - Snap-in Black ABS Grill for 1109511225 - 66912 U - Snap-in Chome Plated ABS Grill for
11095 horn
MARINE HORNSAFI is the leading supplier of horns to the marine industry, with over a fifty years of experience in designing and manufacturingsound devices specifically for use in harsh marine environments. Stainless steel is used for all critical components such as trumpets,motor cover, diaphragms and mounting hardware.AFI offers a complete line of marine horn products designed to meet almost any need, including electric and air trumpet horns,compact horns, below deck and deck horns.
DROP-IN BELOW DECK HORNS - ELECTRIC COMPACT HORNS
10087 Only 1’’ deep
11080
11079
11095
89
MA
RIN
E H
ORN
S
SINGLE TRUMPET MINI AIR HORNS
■ Solid brass construction■ Non-corrosive Lexan® diaphragm■ Include compressor, air tubing, fittings and
hardware■ Dimensions: L 241,3mm (9.5”) x W 88,9mm (3.5”) x
H 88,9mm (3.5”)■ Maximum Amp draw: 12 Volt: 20 Amp, 24 Volt: 10
Amp■ dB rating: 126 at one meter, 1/3 octave band■ Fundamental frequency: 630±15Hz10107 – 66913 W – 12 Volt Chrome Single Trumpet
Mini Air Horn - chrome plated solid brass10104 – 66914 Y– 12 Volt White Single Trumpet Mini
Air Horn - white epoxy powder-coated finishover solid brass
DUAL TRUMPET MINI AIR HORNS
■ Solid brass construction■ Non-corrosive Lexan® diaphragm■ Include compressor, air tubing, fittings and
hardware■ Dimensions: L. 241,3mm (9.5”) x W 127,0mm (5.0”)
x H 95,3mm (3.75”)■ Maximum Amp draw: 12 Volt: 20 Amp, 24 Volt: 10
Amp■ dB rating: 127 at one meter, 1/3 octave band■ Fundamental frequency: 630±15Hz/525±15Hz10108 – 66915 A – 12 Volt Chrome Dual Trumpet Mini
Air Horn - chrome plated solid brass10121 – 66916 C – 12 Volt White Dual Trumpet Mini
Air Horn - white epoxy powder-coated finishover solid brass
AIR COMPRESSORS
■ Replacement compressors fit all AFI 12 Volt AirHorns
■ Dimensions: L 127,0mm (5.0”) x D 66,8mm (2.63”)■ Include mounting bracket■ Maximum Amp draw: 12 Volt: 20 Amp, 24 Volt: 10
Amp. Produce 9-11 PSI■ CE marked10102 – 66917 E – 12 Volt Air Compressor10224 – 66918 G – 24 Volt Air Compressor
10107 10104
10108
10102
10121
10099 10098
DECK HORNS - FullBlast™ AIR HORNSAFI® FullBlast compressor driven air horns are the loudest and most complete line of 12V air horns available. They prduce sound levelsranging between 120 and 127 dB, which meens they meet the ABYC and NMMA regulations for boats up to 20 meters (66 ft). Both12V and 24V compressors are CE listed.
ELECTRIC DECK COMPACT HORNS
MINIBLAST™ - COMPACT ELECTRIC HORNS
■ Long lasting, non-corrosive ASA plastic cover■ Sealed sound unit with stainless steel diaphragm■ Dimensions: L 109,2mm (4.37”) x W 85,6mm (3.37”)
x H 50,8mm (2.0”)■ Maximum Amp draw: 3 Amp, 12Volt■ dB(A) rating: 106 at one meter (3ft)■ Fundamental frequency: 440±20Hz
10099 – 66920 T – White MiniBlast Compact Electric Horn10098 – 66921 V – Black MiniBlast Compact Electric Horn
45
90
WIP
ER S
YST
EMS
WIPER SYSTEMSAFI® wiper systems are designed for windshield sizes upto 45” and are available for 12Volt or 24Volt systems.AFI offers a full assortment of marine wiper arms andblades manufactured of durable stainless steel andmarine grade silicone to last in the harsh marineenvironment.
AFI 3.0 HEAVY DUTY PLUS WIPER MOTORThe Heavy Duty Plus 3.0 Motor is AFI’s only externallinkage motor. This new design easily powers a 30”Premier Plus arm and 30” Premier Plus bladecombination to provide coverage up to 45” ofwindshield area.■ Available in three shaft lengths: 1”, 2” and 3” (arm
fitting adds 2” to overall length)■ 18mm dia. tapered knurled drive shaft■ Factory pre-set sweep angle of 80° or 110°, can be
easily adjusted to 45°or 60° ■ For interior installations■ Measures approx.: L 212,8mm (8.37”), W 117,0mm
(4.60”), D 109,9mm (4.32”)■ Available in 12V and 24V models■ Coast to park with adjustable right or left self
parking■ Two speed motor■ CE marked
PREMIER PLUS - STAINLESS STEEL ADJUSTABLESINGLE AND PANTOGRAPHIC WIPER ARMS■ Heavy duty component design for use with the AFI
3.0 wiper motor■ Stainless steel and chrome-plated die cast
construction■ Available in standard and pantographic styles with
both versions offered in normal and wet armconfigurations
Note: pantographic wiper arms will ONLY function properlywith wiper motor sweep angles 80° or less
PREMIER PLUS - STAINLESS STEEL WIPER BLADES
■ All stainless steel construction for use with PremierPlus arms
■ Available in stainless steel or black finish
MODEL
73111
73112
73113
73313
Part No.
66922 X
66923 Z
66924 B
66925 D
SWEEP
110°
110°
110°
110°
SHAFT
1’’
2’’
3’’
3’’
VOLT
12V
12V
12V
24V
MODEL
33088
33096
33088W
33096W
Part No.
66926 F
66927 H
66928 K
66929 M
DESCRIPTION
Single Arm, Adjusts 25” to 30”
Pantographic Arm, Adjusts 26” to 30”
Single Wet Arm, Adjusts 25” to 30”
Pantographic Wet Arm, Adjusts 26” to30”
MODEL
33026 S
33026 B
Part No.
66930 W
66931 Y
DESCRIPTION
26” Blade
26” Black Blade
33028 S
33028 B
66932 A
66933 C
28” Blade
28” Black Blade
33030 S
33030 B
66934 E
66942 D
30” Blade
30” Black Blade
91
WIP
ER S
YST
EMS
INTELLIGENT SWITCHES FOR HEAVY DUTY PLUSWIPER SYSTEMSAFI’s microcontroller based “intelligent” switchprovides all necessary wiper motor functions in onesmall component
■ Settings for two continuous speed functions andthree intermittent speed functions (2 sec delay, 4sec dely, 8 sec delay)
■ Washer system operation function■ Blinking LED ligths in switch indicate operating
function■ Dual motor switch synchronizes both motors in
each mode and deactivates each motor individually■ Works with 12V or 24V DC motors■ Fits standard switch size openings, requires 67,5mm
(2.65”) depth■ Includes one ten pole connector with female pins
and two female quick- connects
AFI 2.5 - HAEVY DUTY WATERPROOF WIPERMOTOR
■ The most powerful waterproof wiper motoravailable
■ Fully sealed powder coated aluminum waterproofbase and housing
■ Powers a 26” Deluxe arm and blade combination ora 24” Premier arm and blade combination
■ Available in two shaft lengths: 1” and 2” (knurledarm fitting adds ½” to overall lentgh)
■ Factory pre-set sweep angle of 80° or 110°, can beeasily adjusted to 45°or 60°
■ Chrome plated solid brass knurled drive nut with 16mm (5/8”) dia. brass and stainless steel drive shaft
■ Measures approx.: L 201,0mm (7.91”), W 108,0mm(4.25”), D 76,8mm (3.02”)
■ Available in 12V and 24V models■ Coast to park with adjustable right or left self
parking■ Two speed motor■ CE marked
MODEL
82081
82082
82011
82012
Part No.
66937 L
66938 N
66939 R
66940 Z
SWEEP
80°
80°
110°
110°
SHAFT
1’’
2’’
1’’
2’’
VOLT
12V
12V
12V
12V
82312 66941 B 110° 2’’ 24V
MODEL
76030
76035
Part No.
66935 G
66936 Y
DESCRIPTION
Single Motor Intelligent Switch
Double Motor Intelligent Switch
46
92
WIP
ER S
YST
EMS
AFI 1.5 - HAEVY DUTY WATERPROOF WIPERMOTOR
■ Fully sealed powder coated aluminum waterproofbase and housing
■ Powers a 22” Deluxe arm and blade combination ora 20” Premier arm and blade combination
■ Available in two shaft lengths: 1” and 2” (knurledarm fitting adds ½” to overall lentgh)
■ Factory pre-set sweep angle of 80° or 110°, can beeasily adjusted to 45°or 60°
■ Chrome plated solid brass knurled drive nut with 16mm (5/8”) dia. brass and stainless steel drive shaft
■ Measures approx.: L 197,0mm (7.76”), W 101,0mm(3.98”), D 70,3mm (2.77”)
■ Available in 12V and 24V models■ Coast to park with adjustable right or left self
parking■ Two speed motor■ CE marked
PREMIER - STAINLESS STEEL ADJUSTABLE SINGLE AND PANTOGRAPHIC WIPER ARMS
■ Available in standard and pantographic styles with both versions offered in normal and wet arm configurations
Note: pantographic wiper arms will ONLY function properly with wiper motor sweep angles 80° or less
MODEL
71081
71082
71011
71012
Part No.
66952 G
66953 J
66954 L
66955 W
SWEEP
80°
80°
110°
110°
SHAFT
1’’
2’’
1’’
2’’
VOLT
12V
12V
12V
12V
71212 66956 R 110° 2’’ 24V
MODEL
33086
33092
33094
33086W
Part No.
66957 T
66958 V
66959 X
66960 F
DESCRIPTION
Single Arm, Adjusts 20" to 25"
Pantographic Arm, Adjusts 17" to 22"
Pantographic Arm, Adjusts 22" to 26"
Single Wet Arm, Adjusts 20" to 25"
33092W
33094W
66961 H
66962 K
Pantographic Wet Arm,Adjusts 17"to 22"
Pantographic Wet Arm,Adjusts 22" to 26"
PREMIER - STAINLESS STEEL WIPER BLADES
■ Available in stainless steel or black finish
DELUXE - STAINLESS STEEL ADJUSTABLE SINGLE AND PANTOGRAPHIC WIPER ARMS
■ Available in stainless steel or black finish
Note: pantographic wiper arms will ONLY function properly withwiper motor sweep angles 80° or less
MODEL
33021 S
33021 B
Part No.
66963 M
66964 P
DESCRIPTION
20” Blade
20” Black Blade
33024 S
33024 B
66965 S
66966 U
24” Blade
24” Black Blade
MODEL
33060 A
33061 A
33062 A
Part No.
66967 W
66968 Y
66969 A
DESCRIPTION
Single Arm, Adjusts 20" to 26"
Single Black Arm, Adjusts 20" to 26"
Pantographic Black Arm,Adjusts 22" to 26"
DELUXE - STAINLESS STEEL CURVED WIPER BLADES
MODEL
33022
33024
Part No.
66970 J
66971 L
DESCRIPTION
22” Blade
26” Blade
9933
CIRC
UIT
BRE
AK
ER P
AN
ELS
AN
D IN
STRU
MEN
TS47
94
CIRC
UIT
BRE
AK
ER P
AN
ELS
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELS
BEP Marine manufactures a wide range ofcontrol panels for any type and dimension ofboats utilizing high quality products andcomponents as, for instance, the certifiedAIRPAX® circuit breakers fitted in modern andelegant designed panels.
Panels are supplied standard withpreassembled cables for an easy installationand equipped with back lit label sets andindication LED’s.
Configurations available: 12V DC, 24V DC(please specify voltage requested on orderingto receive the correct back lit labels), 220V ACor voltage combination. All panels are available with Analog or Digitalmeters.
BEP AC Panels back covers are designed toinsulate the exposed terminals at the rear ofthe AC panels. The back covers are made fromflame retardant PVC.
904NM
NC32YD NC36LD
SIZE mm (“)H x W x D 15
380x351x65(15x13.9x2.5) 11
380x351x65(15x13.9x2.5) 12
5
7
8
20
1
2
MODEL
NC32YA
NC36LA
10CIRCUIT BREAKERS - SINGLE POLE
11
12
25
1
1
30
1
1
NEGBUS
24 way
24 way
VOLT
12V DC
12V DC
METER
ANALOG
ANALOG
LABEL SHEETpage 89
Set 1,2,3,4,6
Set 1,2,3,4,6
380x351x65(15x13.9x2.5) 128 2NC36LD 12 1 1 24 way 12V DC DIGITAL Set 1,2,3,4,6
380x351x65(15x13.9x2.5) 117 1NC32YD
Part No.
66413 Z
66412 X
63144 G
63145 J 11 1 1 24 way 12V DC DIGITAL Set 1,2,3,4,6
95
CUST
OM
PA
NEL
S
CUSTOM PANELS
BEP Marine manufactures a wide range of Custom panel sizes for OEM’s.The Contour panel design allows for flexibility in layout. Although the panels shown in this catalogue are BEP Marinestandard range, there are a number of changes that can be made to fit the needs of custom and productionboatbuilders.
For example, a panel can be made up witheight circuit breakers, four systems inoperation lights plus a meter; or a panel canconsist of a mixture of analog and digitalmeters if required.If the panel involves a total custom layout, as described above, a specific part number will be applied to that panel and quotedaccordingly.If the design is unable to be achieved we willnotify the customer.
R158 - Back R158 - Front
Alternatively a customer may request a standard panel with circuit breakers laid out to their requirements with labelsfactory fitted: this involves a personalised layout charge.When ordering personalised panels, please specify the desired label sets.
When ordering BEP Marine standard rangepanels or smaller size models, it may be usefulto refer to the following layout paneltemplate where you can fill in model andnumber of meters requested, circuit breakerrating (double pole for 220V AC) and labelset.
Layout template available directly from Uflexor from BEP Marine website.
LABEL SHEET LAYOUT CUSTOM PANELS
48
96
DC
CON
TRO
L PA
NEL
SDC CIRCUITBREAKER PANELS
New Zealand has a world wide recognized success both in pleasure and sport boats field as developer of innovative quality boatsand electrical products for the marine market. The success of BEP Marine has been brought about through world classcampaigns by New Zealand boats and crews in events such as the One Ton Cup, Admirals Cup Sydney to Hobart race, Volvoround the World Race and more recently the America’s Cup.BEP Marine Ltd is actively involved in the research and development of new products as circuit panels, circuit breakers panelsand accessories that will be installed in the most important boats all around the world. BEP Marine is today the most innovative manufacturer of electrical products for the sport and commercial boats. Its product aretoday available in Italy through UFLEX.
FEATURES:
■ Stylish Contour Design■ Red LED’s for systems “ON”■ Green LED backlit labels■ All panels available in 12V or 24V configuration■ Cutout size: 10 mm (3/8”) inside all external edges
900
901V
901DV
900A
901H
904NM 902A
■ NOTE: All panels are supplied with label set 1 (see page 97)
SIZE mm (“)H x W x D 15
115x127x65(4.5x5.0x2.5) 1
200x127x65(7.9x5.0x2.5) 3
115x239x65(4.5x9.4x2.5) 3
200x239x65(7.8x9.4x2.5) 5
5
1
2
2
4
20
1
1
1
MODEL
900
901V
901H
904NM
10CIRCUIT BREAKERS - SINGLE POLE
2
2
2
5
200x239x65(7.8x9.4x2.5) 43
25
1
30
1
NEGBUS
6 way
6 way
6 way
12 way
6 way
VOLT
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
METER
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
ANALOGIC
LABEL SHEETpage 89
Set 1
Set 1
295x127x65(11.6x5.0x2.5) 32 1901DV 2 6 way 12V DC DIGITAL Set 1
200x127x65(7.8x5.0x2.5) 11900A 2 6 way 12V DC ANALOGIC Set 1
Set 1
Set 1
Set 1902A 4
200x239x65(7.8x9.4x2.5) 43 1 6 way 12V DC DIGITAL Set 1902D
PART No.
63125 C
63126 E
63127 G
63129 L
64364 C
64363 A
63128 J
64365 E 4
97
AC
CON
TRO
L PA
NEL
S
AC CIRCUITBREAKER PANELS
CIRCUIT BREAKERS PANELS LABEL SETS
Set 163254 P
AccessoriesAuto Pilot
Bilge PumpsCabin LightsCabin Lights
Cockpit LightsCompass Lights
DC OutletsDepth Sounder
FreezerFreshwater Pump
GPSInstrumentsLPG ControlMast Light
Navigation LightRiding Light
Saltwater PumpShower Drain Pump
SpareSpreader Light
SpotlightStereo
Trim TabsVHF
WinchWiper
ACCESSORIES
Set 263255 S
Bait Tank PumpBilge Pump Aft
Bilge Pump ForwardBilge Pump MidBilge Pump PortBilge Pump STBD
BlowerBoarding Light
Cabin Lights AftCabin Lights MidCabin Lights PortCabin Lights STBDDeck Wash Pump
Electric ToiletEngine room Lights
FridgeHorn
Nav Lts PortNav Lts STBDPanel Lights
RadarSaloon Lights
SSBStart
Stern LightsStop
Sum LogTri Light
BAIT TANK PUMP
Set 363256 U
AFT Deck LightBilge Auto Man
Bow LightsDocking Lights
Emergency ParallelEngine Alarm
Engine BlowersExtraction Fan
FloodlightsFore Deck Light
Holding Tank PumpHouse BatteriesLazerette Light
PortRadio Battery
Toilet LTSearch Light
SpareGalley LTStarboard
Start BatteriesStep Light
Strobe LightWeather Fax
Window WashersWindex Light12v Outlets24v Outlets
AFT DECK LIGHT
Set 463257 W
1,2,3,4,56,7,8,9,10,
Bilge AlarmDavit WinchEngine ALTFire SystemFish Finder
Fishing LightHouse ALTIntercom
LoadLocker Light
Tank Room LightsMid Wiper
MIzzen Spar LightPlotter
Port WiperPreheat
Sole LightHeater Fan
SpareSpare
Starboard WiperStartStop
Sub MainSump PumpTowing Light
BILGE ALARM
Set 563258 Y
AC MainsAC OutletsAC OutletsAC Outlets
Air ConditioningBattery Changer
Cook TopDive Comp
DryerFrequency
GensetHotwater Cylinder
Ice MakerInverter
RefrigerationMicrowave
OvenReverse Polarity
Ships PowerShore Power
Trash CompactorTV
VideoWashing Machine
WastemasterWater Maker
230v AC110v AC
AC MAINS
Set 663259 A
AccessoriesAC Mains
Anchor WashAutomaticAutopilotAuxiliary
Bilge Auto-ManualBilge LightsBook Furl
Bridge LightsBurglar Alarm
CB RadioCell PhoneComputerDC Mains
Fuel TransferCabin Fan
Hatch ControlsHydraulics
Loud HailerMacerator
ManualNight Lights
Pelmet LightsSolar PanelGalley Fan
SpareTV Antenna
ACCESSORIES
FEATURES:
■ All AC panels available in 110V or230V options
■ Double pole circuit breakers■ The panels are available with analog
and digital meter.Models with digital meters show Volt,Amp and Frequency
900-AC1
900-ACM6W 900-AC2AH
■ NOTE: All panels are supplied with label set 5.
SIZE mm (“)H x W x D 15
115x239x65(4.5x9.4x2.5) 2
200x127x65(7.8x5.0x2.5) 3
200x239x65(7.8x9.4x2.5) 3
5
1
20
1
1
MODEL
900-AC1
900-ACM6W
900-AC2AH
PART No.
63130 V
63131 X
63132 Z
10SINGLE POLE DOUBLE POLE
2
3
3
25 30 20
2
1
1
25 30 50NEGBUS
IS-6 mm-2
IS-6 mm-2
2x6 way
VOLT
230 V
230 V
230 V
METER
N/A
N/A
ANALOGIC
LABELSHEET
Set 5
Set 5
Set 5
49
98
(SP)(SP)
CIRC
UIT
BRE
AK
ERS
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
AIRPAX® IEGB Series circuit breakers Carlingswitchmagnetic circuit breakers are current sensingdevices employing a time proven hydraulicmagnetic design. These precision mechanismsare temperature stable and are not adverselyaffected by temperature changes in theiroperating environment. As such, deratingconsideration due to temperature variationsare not normally required and heat inducednuisance tripping is avoided.
FEATURES:■ Trip free mechanism, a safety feature which
makes it possible to manually hold thecontacts closed during overcurrent or faultconditions
■ Worldwide safety agency approval areavailable
■ Common trip linkage between all poles.Another safety feature ensures that anoverload in one pole will trip all adjacent poles.
MANUAL RESET:
SWITCHABLE RESET:
CBS-50A-SP
121-710-1101
CBS-50A-DP
184 150P
185 100F
RATING SURFACEMODEL PANEL
RATING SURFACEMODEL PANEL
Reset only
Switchable& Reset
BUSSMANN HEAVY DUTYSingle pole thermal type breakers
FEATURES:
■ Ratings: 50Amp to 150Amp; 30V DC;3000Amp Interrupt Capacity
■ Operating temperature: -32°C to 82°C■ Storage temperature: -32°C to 150°C■ Applications: Typically used in auxiliary and
accessory circuits - trucks, buses, RV’s andmarine applications. Others might includebattery charges and DC audio systems. Series184 and 185 are sealed for enginecompartment and bilge area applications.
■ Mounting: Panel or surface■ Indicator: series 184 and 185 have a unique
reset mechanism which provides visibleindication of tripped condition.
■ Approvals: complies with SAE J 1625
100 X185 100F-01-1 -
150 X185 150F-01-1 -
50 -185 050P-01-1 X
70 -185 070P-01-1 X
80 X185 080F-01-1 -
80 -185 080P-01-1 X
100 -185 100P-01-1 X
135 -185 135P-01-1 X
150 -185 150P-01-1 X
50 X185 050F-01-1
PART No.
63164 N
63165 R
63927 S
65385 S
65386 U
63928 U
63166 T
64386 N
63167 V
65384 P -
100 X184 100F-01-1 -
150 X184 150F-01-1 -
100 -184 100P-01-1 X
150 -184 150P-01-1 X
50 -184 050P-01-1 X
60 -184 060P-01-1
PART No.
63160 E
63162 J
63161 G
63163 L
65382 K
65383 M X
DOUBLE POLE PART No.
CBS 2.5 A - DP 64385 L
TRIPLE POLE PART No.
CBS 30 A - TP 63266 X
SINGLE POLE PART No.
CBS 2.5 A - SP 63260 J
CBS 5 A - DP 63264 T CBS 50 A - TP 63267 ZCBS 5 A - SP 63261 L
CBS 10 A - DP 63265 V -CBS 10 A - SP 63262 N
CBS 15 A - DP 63151 D -CBS 15 A - SP 63146 L
CBS 20 A - DP 63152 F -CBS 20 A - SP 63147 N
CBS 25 A - DP 63153 H -CBS 25 A - SP 63148 R
CBS 30 A - DP 63154 K -CBS 30 A - SP 63149 T
CBS 40 A - DP 63155 M -CBS 40 A - SP 63150 B
CBS 50 A - DP 63156 P -CBS 50 A - SP 63263 R
99
SPRA
Y P
ROO
F SW
ITCH
PA
NEL
S
MICRO MODULARSWITCH PANELS
The MICRO range offers the unique ability to select the size and orientation of switch of panels by adding the compact modulestogether horizontally or vertically.
■ Labels backlit with green LED changing to red when is on.■ Full range of text or graphical labels available■ Available in charcoal or white. When ordering white, add “W” on the end of the charcoal colour model.■ Dimensions HxWxD: 86x58x28 mm (3.38”x 2.28”x1.10”) or: 58x86x28mm (2.28”x3.38”x1.10”)■ Labels to be ordered separately
900-2WP - 63133 B2x2 way switches
900-2WPMOM - 63134 D1x2 way switch1x3 way momentary switch
900-2WPOFO - 63135 F1x2 way switch1x3 way double pole switch
LABELS FORMICRO MODULARSWITCH PANELS
Part No. 63136 H Part No. 63137 K Part No. 63138 M
50
100
SPRA
Y P
ROO
F SW
ITCH
PA
NEL
S
The next generation of BEP Marine’s very popular Spray Proof panel range. Many new features have been incorporatedinto the series (eg. easy access to fuses from the front of the panel) as well as fresh new look. These new panels replacethe part numbers 900-3WPS, 900-4WP, 900-5WPS, 900-6WP and having the same dimensions can easily be retrofitted.
SPRAY PROOF SWITCH PANELS – COMPACT SERIES
CMP-4WP CMP-6WP CMP-5WPS
SIZE mm (“)H x W x D95x107x65
(3.75x4.25x2.5)
95x107x65(3.75x4.25x2.5)
MODEL
SPECIFICATIONS LABEL SHEET
CMP-4WP
900-3WPS900-3WPSW
LABEL SHEET LBL - CMP - 66537U
LBL-CMP
LBL-CMP
95x107x65(3.75x4.25x2.5)CMP-6WP
PART No.
66517 M
64401 F64405 P
66519 S LBL-CMP
SWICTHES
4
3 + DC Socket
95x107x65(3.75x4.25x2.5)CMP-5WPS LBL-CMP66518 P 5 + DC Socket
6
RATING
5 A
15 A
MODEL
ATM FUSES ARE SUPPLIED IN PACKS OF 2
603905
603915
10 A603910
PART No.
66520 A
66522 E
66521 C
30 A603930
20 A603920
66524 J
66523 G
Accessories
Aerator
Anchor Lights
Autopilot
Bait Tank Pump
Bilge Pump
Blower
Cabin Lights
Cockpit Lights
DC Outlets
Deck Wash
Depth Sounder
Freshwater Pump
Fridge
GPS
Horn
Inst. Lights
Instruments
Navigation Lights
Radar
Spare
Spotlights
Stereo
Stern Light
Trim Tabs
VHF
Log
Wiper
Molded gasketincorporatesfastening covers
Switches clip easily into rear of panel and can be removed to replace with differentfunction switches eg. on/on, on/off/on,off/on and (on)off(on)
Custom designedtoggle cover withunique sealingfeature
Mini fusesaccessiblefrom front ofpanel withremovablecartridge
900-3WPS - Black900-3WPSW - White
101
SPRA
Y P
ROO
F SW
ITCH
PA
NEL
S
CSP6 SWITCH PANELS
ACCESSORIES
The CSP6 panel range comes in 3 models. Allmodels are back lit.CSP6 Includes six switches unfused forinstallation where separate fused supply isavailable.CSP6-F Includes six switches and 3 WAFH14fuse holders with fuses behind panel.CSP6-PTC This panel utilises the latesttechnology in overload protection – PositiveTemperature Coefficient (PTC). PTC fuses aresolid state resettable fuses which will changeto a high resistance device on over-current. To reset: Switch circuit off for 10 seconds. If fault remains the PTC will trip back to aresistive state. The panel is supplied with 6 x9A PTC fuses mounted internally. No more changing fuses!
FEATURES:
■ Switches protected by high qualityneoprene rubber boots
■ Green LED backlit labels■ Red LED’s for system “ON”■ Waterproof to IP56 rating■ Removable cover plate over switches
conceals screws and water drain■ Switch current ratings 20 Amp DC,
10 Amp AC■ Charcoal colour
12V RC
■ 12 Volt receptacle with watertightsealing cap
■ Locking system ■ Easy to install with supplied locking
ring■ Compatible with standard 12V plugs
12V PG
■ Standard plug 12V■ Moisture seal ring■ LED power indicator light■ Locking system■ Interchangeable fuse■ Internal strain relief and cord seal■ Compatible with standard 12V
receptacles
SPARE PARTS FOR SPRAY PROOFPANELS
■ WAFH-14 Waterproof fuseholder
■ SW-M331 Splash proofcover
SETLABEL SHEET
SET-1SP
FUSES
NO
SIZE mm (“)H x W x D
158x112x65(6.2x4.4x2.5)
MODEL
CSP6
PTC
NO
SET-1SP 3158x112x75(6.2x4.4x2.9) CSP6-F NO
SET-1SP NO158x112x75(6.2x4.4x2.9) CSP6-PTC
PART No.
64375 H
64376 K
63141 A 6
CSP6
All CSP6 models are suppliedwith label back lit sheet set
Set - 1SP63253 M
<Anc.Light Nav.Lts>Accessories
AeratorAnchor Lights
AutopilotBait Tank Pump
Bilge PumpBilge Pump Auto/Man
BlowerCabin Lights
Cockpit LightsDC OutletsDeck Wash
Depth SounderFlood Lights
Freshwater PumpFridgeHorn
Inst. LightsInstruments
Navigation LightsTrim Tabs
RadioSaltwater Pump
Spot LightsWinchWiper
12V RC - 66414 B 12V PG - 66415 D
WAFH-14 63537 C
SW-M331 64404 M
51
102
G2
SPRA
Y P
ROO
F PA
NEL
SG2 SPRAY PROOF PANELS
The Generation 2 spray proof range offersunique styling utilising the latest techniquesin injection moulding. The switch tray ismoulded plastic with a rubber gasket and sealmoulded into the plastic.The cover is moulded in a clear plastic with arubber over-mould allowing the flexibility tooperate the switches through the front of thepanel while providing a clear window forlabel backlighting. Panels available in black orwhite colour with charcoal or blue strips.When ordering white add “W” on the end ofblack colour model. G2 can be mountedvertically or horizontally and is available in 2,4 and 6 way configurations. A joiner isavailable for multiple panel installations.Supplied complete with on/off switches.
Replaceable “clip-on”contour wave
Red systems on leds
Moulded gasket on rear of tray seals against onmounting surface
Red systems on leds
Labels are LEDbacklit for easy night
time viewing
Flexible overshot coverallows for easy
switch operation
Ribbed seal provides water tight seal with
switch cover
CG2-2W
CG2-2W-W
CG2-4W CG2-4W-W
CG2-6WCG2-6W-W
CG2-J
Joiner available for linking multiple panels
MODEL
CG2-2W
CG2-2W-W
SWITCHES
2
2
FUSE
No
No
LABEL SHEET(page 103)
Set - G2 - 1
Set - G2 - 1
CG2-2WF
CG2-4W
2
4
1
No
Set - G2 - 1
Set - G2 - 1
CG2-4W-W
CG2-4WF
PART No.
64366 G
64591 P
64367 J
64368 L
64542 A
64369 N
4
4
No
2
Set - G2 - 1
Set - G2 - 1
CG2-6W
CG2-6W-W
64370 X
64543 C
6
6
No
No
Set - G2 - 1
Set - G2 - 1
CG2-6WF 64371 Z 6 3 Set - G2 - 1
166.
5 m
m
(6.5
inc
he
s)118.
5 m
m
4.7
inc
he
s70.5
.mm
2.75
inc
he
s
15.4 mm .6 inches
62.6 mm 2.5 inches
103
G2
SPRA
Y P
ROO
F PA
NEL
S
G2 SPRAY PROOF PANELS
NOTE: Panels supplied standard with label set G2-1. Label set G2-2 can be orderedseparately.
Unique label designallows it to be read either vertically or
horizontally mounted.
CG2-4W
SW-CG1
MODEL
SW-CG1
SPARE SWITCH FOR G2 PANELS
ON/OFF
SW-CG2 MOMENTARY ON/OFF
SW-CG3 ON/OFF/ON
SW-CG4
PART No.
64372 B
64750 H
64751 K
64752 M MOMENTARY ON/OFF/MOMENTARY ON
Switch rated for 16 Amp
LABEL SET FORG2 SPRAY PROOF PANELS
AccessoriesAerator
Anchor LtBait Tank
Bilge PumpAuto B/P Man
BlowerCabin LightsCockpit LtsDc OutletsDeck Wash
Dn Winch UpElectronics
Engroom LtsFlood Lights
Fw WaterFridge
GpsHorn
Inst. LightsInstrumentsNav Lights
RadioSw Water
Spot LightsUp Port DnUp Stbd Dn
Wiper
LABEL SETSET - G2 - 1
64373 D
B/Pump PortB/Pump StbdB/Pump FwdB/Pump MidB/Pump Aft
B/Pump Eng RmCompass Lt
Deck LtsSteaming Lt Nav Lts Pt
Nav Lts StbdStep LtsStern LtWiper Pt
Wiper MidWiper Stbd
WashersFreezer
H/Tank PumpSump PumpLocker LtsPanel Lts
Tri LtBow Lts
Shower LtShower Pump
SpareSpare
LABEL SETSET - G2 - 2
64374 F
52
104
1000
SER
IES
CON
TRO
L PA
NEL
S
The Contour 1000Series control panelsare offered as aneconomical optionfor interior use onsmaller sail boats orcruises. The ATC fusesare easily accessiblefrom the front of theunit and the range isfully modularallowing it to bemounted in a verticalor horizontalconfiguration.
FEATURES:
Panels are modularfor vertical orhorizontal stacking.Spacer supplied foraccurate mountingspacing.
1000-DFR FRAME:
The 1000-DFR frameis designed to takeany 600 – seriesdigital meter (page 116-117-118). Frame and digitalmeter orderedseparately.
All modules108 mm x 108 mm
LED systems – onillumination
16 Amp Rocker switches
Clip-off fuse covers
Removable frameconcealing
mounting screws
Concealed ATC fuses accessible
from front of panel
1000 SERIESCONTROL PANELS
1000-6W - 64379 SSwitch Panel
1000-DFR - 64382 E
SPARE SWITCHES
SW-RVS1 - 65380 FON/OFF spare switch
SW-RVS1
1000-6W
1000-VM-12 - 64380 AAnalogic Meter Panel
1000-AM-50 - 64381 CAmmeter Panel
LIGHTSCABIN
STEREO
FANS FRIDGE
LIGHTS
GAS
VALVE
108mm (4.25")
108m
m (
4.25
")
96m
m (
3.8"
)
16mm(.6")
28mm(1.1")
105
1000
SER
IES
CON
TRO
L PA
NEL
S
1000 SERIESCONTROL PANELS
1000-6W
SET-1002 - 64384 JSET-1000 - 64383 G
FEATURES:
■ Supplied with ATC fuses accessible from front cover■ Square dimensions allow for modular mounting■ Supplied with label sheet part no. SET-1000■ Systems – on LED on each switch■ Matching trim conceals mounting screws■ 4 way and 6 way options available■ An On/Off/Momentary switch is available for horn
operation. Ordered separately Part No. SW-RVS3
LABEL SHEETS FOR 1000 SERIES CONTROL PANELS
Mod. 1000-6W dimensions
SWITCHES FUSESMODEL VOLT
6 61000-6W-12V
PART No.
64379 S 12V DC
Supplied with switch panel Ordered separately
53
106
BATT
ERY
DIS
TRIB
UTI
ON
SW
ITCH
ESBATTERY DISTRIBUTIONSWITCHES
BEP MARINE BATTERY SWITCH TEST PROCEDURES (UL 1107)Continuous (1 hour) intermittent (5 minutes) and cranking (enginestarting – 10 seconds). The test is to determine the maximum currentthe switch can handle for the stated time, without the rear terminalsexceeding 100°C above the ambient temperature. The continuous andintermittent ratings are tested at 110% of specified ratings. All BEPswitches are tested independently to this specification by a 3rd partylaboratory.
MOD. 701 BATTERY MASTER SWITCH - 63142 CThe 701 Contour Battery Master Switch offers a number of uniquefeatures. The highlights being the patented contour lock system,allowing it to be a stand alone unit, or locked together with otherswitches. The 701 also features a control knob which cannot beremoved whilst in the On or OFF position, however can be removed byswitching to an anti-clockwise 45° position. The control knob alsofeatures an interchangeable labelling system allowing a full range ofapplications Set-713 or Set-715 (page 110). The 701 also featuresremovable side plates on 4 sides for access of up to 1/0 cables. Plus arear cover insulating the rear terminals against any short circuitsensuring the switch meets ABYC requirements. The 701 can be eithersurface or recess mounted by cutting a 52 mm (2 1/16”) hole.
FEATURES:
■ Continuous rating: 275 Amp DC■ Intermittent rating: 455 Amp DC■ Cranking rating: 1250 Amp DC■ Voltage rating: 48V DC■ Operation: ON/OFF■ Mounting: recessed or surface■ Termination stud size: 2 x 10 mm (3/8”)■ Dimensions: 69 x 69 x 75h mm (2.75 x 2.75 x 3h inches)■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts■ Ignition protected
701-PM PANEL MOUNT BATTERY SWITCHES - 65494 X Same specifications as 701 switch
701
701 - PM
701-KEY Spare PartRemovableknob
Mod. 701 dimensions
Mod. 701 dimensions
Standard BEP interchangeable
label system(page 110)
Countersunkrecess for
surface mountapplication
Removablekey
Standard 52,4 mm (2 1/16”)
hole cut out
107
BATT
ERY
DIS
TRIB
UTI
ON
SW
ITCH
ES
MOD. 720 HEAVY DUTY BATTERY SWITCH - 63174 SThe 720 Heavy Duty Battery Switch fits into the same contour lock systemas used on the battery distribution system. Rated at 600 Amp continuousand 2500 Amp cranking. It is well suited to larger vessels. As with the 701and 720 can be recessed or surface mounted. The 720 uses the same styleof self cleaning sliding contact as used in the 701. Also utilises the samelabel sheet as 701. Part Number 713 or 715 (page 110).
FEATURES:■ Continuous rating: 600 Amp DC■ Intermittent rating: 800 Amp DC■ Cranking rating: 2500 Amp DC■ Voltage rating: 48V DC■ Operation: ON/OFF■ Mounting: recessed or surface■ Termination stud size: 2 x 12 mm (1/2”)■ Dimensions: 102 x 102 x 90h mm (4 x 4 x 3.5h inches)■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts■ Ignition protected
720
Recessed hole cut out 85 mm(3.3”)
Mod. 720, 720-DP dimensions
MOD. 720-DP DOUBLE POLE BATTERY SWITCH - 64388 TThis model has the same dimensions and features as the 720 batteryswitch. The 720-DP also meets the needs of vessels being built tosurvey requirements where positive and negative supplies must beisolated at the same time.
FEATURES:■ Continuous rating: 400 Amp DC■ Intermittent rating: 525 Amp DC■ Cranking rating: 1500 Amp DC■ Voltage rating: 45V DC■ Operation: ON/OFF 2 poles■ Mounting: recessed or surface■ Termination stud size: 4 x 10 mm (3/8”)■ Dimensions: 102 x 102 x 90h mm (4 x 4 x 3.5h inches)■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts■ Ignition protected
720-DP
MOD. 700 EASYFIT BATTERY SWITCH - 63672 JThe 700 Easyfit is ideal on those installations where switches need tobe recessed through varying thickness of panels. 700 Easyfit featuresan easily removable threaded ring allowing for panel thickness up to19 mm (3/4”). It uses the same features as the 701 with the removablekey 45° past the off position, labelled handle and a removable backcover covering exposed terminals to meet ABYC specifications. Theswitch can also be surface mounted offering a unique style comparedto other switches available on the market. The 700 Easyfit can easily beretrofitted in place of most European post and lever type switches.
FEATURES:■ Continuous rating: 275 Amp DC■ Intermittent rating: 455 Amp DC■ Cranking rating: 1250 Amp DC■ Voltage rating: 48V DC■ Operation: ON/OFF■ Mounting: recessed or surface■ Termination stud size: 2 x 10 mm (3/8”)■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts■ 700-KEY spare Part Removable knob■ Ignition protected
Mod. 700 EASYFIT Dimensions
700 EASYFIT
54
108
BATT
ERY
DIS
TRIB
UTI
ON
SW
ITCH
ES
MOD. 701-S MINI BATTERY SELECTOR SWITCH - 64387 RThe 701-S is the most compact selector switch available on the market.Housed in the same dimensions as the 701 and includes the sameremovable side plates and back cover. While BEP Marine foremost recommends isolated battery systems asoutlined with our distribution clusters, the 721 offers a simpleeconomical way of separating two batteries.Please note this system will not separate electronics from harmfulengine starting spikes.
FEATURES:
■ Continuous rating: 200 Amp DC■ Intermittent rating: 300 Amp DC■ Cranking rating: 1000 Amp DC■ Voltage rating: 48V DC■ Operation: Selector 1-2-both-off■ Mounting: recessed or surface■ Termination stud size: 3 x 8 mm (5/16”)■ Dimensions: 69 x 69 x 75h mm (2.75 x 2.75 x 3h inches)■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts
MOD. 721 BATTERY SELECTOR SWITCH - 63143 EThe 721 is our heavy duty selector switch, housed in the same moduleas the 720 and includes the same removable plates and back cover.While BEP Marine foremost recommends isolated battery systems asoutlined with our distribution clusters, the 721 offers a simpleeconomical way of separating two batteries. Please note this systemwill not separate electronics from harmful engine starting spikes.
FEATURES:■ Continuous rating: 350 Amp DC (between common and B1 or B2)■ Continuous rating: 500 Amp Dc (between common and B1 or B2)■ Intermittent rating: 500 Amp DC ■ Cranking rating: 1500 Amp DC■ Voltage rating: 48V DC■ Operation: Selector – Battery 1-2-both off■ Mounting: recessed or surface■ Termination stud size: 3 x 10 mm (3/8”)■ Dimensions: 102 x 102 x 90h mm (4 x 4 x 3.5h inches)■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts■ Ignition protected
721Recessed holecut out 85 mm (3.3”)
Mod. 721 dimensions
701-SRecessed holecut out 52 mm (2.1”)
Mod. 701-S dimensions
BATTERY DISTRIBUTION SWITCHES
701S-PM PANEL MOUNT BATTERY SWITCHES - 66163 CSame specifications as 701S switch
Mod. 701S-PM dimensions
Standard 52,4 mm (21/16”)
hole cut out
Countersunkrecess for
surface mountapplication
newnew
109
BATT
ERY
DIS
TRIB
UTI
ON
SW
ITCH
ES
Due to the increased loading requirements on modern boats and largeincreases in the cost of copper battery cable, the MD range of batteryswitches allows you to mount the battery switch very close to thebattery, reducing cable lengths to starter motor. They are also ideal forremote isolation of bow thrusters.
THE MD RANGE OFFERS THE FOLLOWING FEATURES■ Remote operation (easier access for battery control).■ Battery switch can be mounted alonside battery,
reducing cable lengths and cable sizes to starter motor (large cost saving in copper cable).
■ Reduced labour for fitting, due to shorter battery cabling.■ Manual override option to meet CE requirements.■ LED status identification for remote control switch.■ Same capacity/specification and mounting options as standard BEP
battery switches.■ Utilize same interchangeable labelling system as BEP battery
switches.
701-MD SPECIFICATIONS - 66026 S■ Continuous rating: 275 Amp DC■ Intermittent rating: 455 Amp DC■ Cranking rating: 1250 Amp DC■ Voltage rating: 9,5 – 32 Volt■ Operation: On / Off■ Mounting: recessed or surface■ Ignition protected■ Stud size: 2 x 10 mm (3/8”)■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts
720-MD SPECIFICATIONS - 66027 U■ Continuous rating: 500 Amp DC■ Intermittent rating: 700 Amp DC■ Cranking rating: 2500 Amp DC■ Voltage rating: 9,5 – 32 Volt■ Operation: On / Off■ Mounting: recessed or surface■ Ignition protected■ Stud size: 2 x 12 mm (1/2”)■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts
WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROL AND RECEIVER TO OPERATE BATTERY SWITCHESYou can now wire your Battery to the BEP receiver and operate the On/Offswitch by remote control, from a distance of up to 50 metres away
■ You can control up to 4 separate 5 Amp circuits, eg. 701/720-MD batteryswitches, anchor light, navigation lights and courtesy lights
■ No more lifting hatches to turn on battery switches – it is now all controlledfrom your remote keyfob
■ Control battery switches easily (On/Off) from the dock or carpark■ The remote has a rolling code, for your security
80-911-0045-00 - 66951E - Wireless remote control
720-MD
701-MD
Mod. 701-MD dimensions
Mod. 720-MD dimensions
DRIVEN REMOTEOPERATED BATTERY SWITCHES
55
+ -
HOUSE
+ -
STBDSTART
INVERTER
+ -
START
+ -
GENSET
+ -
1
WINCH
CHASSIS
EMERGPARALLEL
BOWTHRUSTER
+ -
PORTSTART
+ -
2
+ -
MIDSTART
+ -
RADIO
+ -
HOUSE
+ -
START
EMERGPARALLEL
110
BATT
ERY
DIS
TRIB
UTI
ON
SW
ITCH
ES
MOD. 722 – 300 AMP ELECTRIC BATTERY SWITCH - 63175 UThe 722 fills a need on larger boats where cable runs are becomingvery long and voltage drop is a prime concern. It has become necessaryto offer a remotely operated battery switch. The 722 electric batteryswitch is placed as close as possible to the batteries, and a short run ofcable from batteries to the starter motor. This can be remotelyswitched from either the dash or another convenient position, utilisinga key switch part number 722-KS2 or any standard rocker or toggleswitch. The 722 also has manual override capability.
FEATURES:
■ Continuous rating: 300 Amp DC■ Intermittent rating: 400 Amp DC■ Cranking rating: 1250 Amp DC■ Voltage rating: 12V DC – 24V DC■ Operation: ON/OFF■ Mounting: surface■ Termination stud size: 2 x 10 mm (3/8”)■ Dimensions: 102 x 102 x 107h mm
(4”x 4”x 4.24”h)■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts■ Ignition protected
BATTERY DISTRIBUTIONSWITCHES
Mod.720 - MD
WIRING DIAGRAM
722
722-KS2 - 63215 D722-KS 65350 W
LABEL SETS FOR BATTERYDISTRIBUTION SWITCHES
Set - 713 Set - 71563681 K 64389 V
+ -
HOUSE
+ -
STBDSTART
INVERTER
+ -
START
+ -
GENSET
+ -
1
WINCH
CHASSIS
EMERGPARALLEL
BOWTHRUSTER
+ -
PORTSTART
+ -
2
+ -
MIDSTART
+ -
RADIO
+ -
HOUSE
+ -
START
EMERGPARALLEL
All 701 and 720 switches come
standard with thebattery symbol label.In installations wheremultiple switches are
used, it will benecessary to label theswitches for different
application.Following is our
range of availablelabels.
Set 715 contains thethree most commonlyrequested labels outof Set 713 without
the need to purchasea full label set.
111
BATT
ERY
DIS
TRIB
UTI
ON
SW
ITCH
ES
The VSS switch utilizes the same operation as the MD battery switchesand is packed with features which complimet the MD range.
FEATURES
■ Dual battery sensing■ Remote emergency parallel function 701-MDVS and 720-MDVS can
be operated through a momentary button on the dash which willparallel the batteries for a present time of 10 minutes. Once this 10minutes has passed, if the voltage is up high enough for the voltagesensitive switch to operate, it twill stay engaged. If not, it willdischarge.
■ Engine run sensing VSS will engage when the voltage on either startor house battery reaches 13,7 Volt. If the combined battery voltagedrops below 13,0 Volt and the engine is not running, after 5seconds the contacts will open and stay open until the start orhouse battery voltage exceeds 13,7 Volt. If the combined batteryvoltage drops below 12,2 Volt and the engine is running, after 5minutes the contacts will open and stay open until the start orhouse battery voltage exceeds 13,7 Volt. If voltage drops below 13,0Volt and stays above 12,2 Volt on either start or house battery whileengine is running, the VSS will stay engaged.
■ Manual override option■ The advantages of using a high current VSS is thet i twill cover your
dual battery charging requirements and emergency paralleloperation in one unit.
720-MDVSSame specifications
as 720-MD
701-MDVSSame specifications
as 701-MD
HIGH CURRENT REMOTE OPERATED VOLTAGE SENSITIVE SWITCHES (VSS)
MODEL
701-MDVS
720-MDVS
701-MDVS-24V
720-MDVS-24V
PART No.
66416 F
66417 H
66418 K
66419 M
VOLT
12V DC
12V DC
24V DC
24V DC
RATING
275A
500A
275A
500A
ENGAGES
13.7V DC
13.7V DC
27.4V DC
27.4V DC
DISENGAGES
12.2-13.00V DC
12.2-13.00V DC
24.4-26.00V DC
24.4-26.00V DC
56
112
VO
LTA
GE
SEN
SITI
VE
RELA
YS
MOD. 710-125A VOLTAGE SENSITIVE RELAYThe VSR (Voltage Sensitive Relay) allows two or more batteries to becharged at the same time. The relay stays open when the engine isfirst started and remains open during charging until the battery hasreached a preset voltage (13.7V). The relay then closes, allowing thetwo batteries to be charged together. When the engine is stopped, thevoltage returns to normal levels, which allows the relay to open again,separating the 2 batteries, eliminating the possibility of dischargingthe wrong battery.
MOD. 710-300A VOLTAGE SENSITIVE RELAY (HEAVY DUTY)The 710-300A offers the same features as the 100Amp model, with theadditional feature that it can be used as a paralleling solenoid foremergency start. Paralleling function: The 710-300A can be operatedthrough a button on the dash and will instigate a preset time of 10minutes. Once this 10 minutes has passed, if the voltage is up highenough for the voltage sensitive relay to operate, it will stay engaged. Ifnot it will disengage. There is also the ability to have the unit used onlyas a paralleling solenoid by disengaging the voltage sensitive function.
■ Ignition protected
ADVANTAGES OF FITTING VSR’S OVER CONVENTIONAL CHARGE(DIODE ISOLATORS):■ Easy 3 wire connection at the battery. No need to bypass existing
alternator wiring.■ VSR’s have no volt drop. Conventional diode isolators incur a
minimum of 6 volt drop.■ Compact size - no large heat sink.
MOD. 710-125A-DS (DUAL SENSE) VOLTAGE SENSITIVE RELAY Same as the 710-100A with the added feature of dual sensing. Thisallows the unit to sense the voltage of both batteries that it isconnected between. If either battery is receiving a charge the VSR willactivate paralleling the two battery banks. The 710-100A-DS is designed for situations where a battery charger orsecond charging source is used into the house battery.
■ Ignition protected
VOLTAGE SENSITIVE RELAYS
710-125A
710-125A-DS
710-300A
Red LED indicatescombined charge mode
APPLICATION
For use on charging systems up to 125 Amp
MODEL
710-125A
SIZE mm (“)H x W x D
69 x 69 x 50 (2.75 x 2.75 x 2)
For use on charging systems up to 300 Amp710-300A-12V 102 x 102 x 95 (4 x 4 x 3.75)
For use on charging systems up to 125 Amp710-125A-DS-12V 69 x 69 x 50 (2.75 x 2.75 x 2)
For use on charging systems up to 300 Amp710-300A-24V
PART No.
64390 D
63176 W
65351 Y
63177 Y
VOLT
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
For use on charging systems up to 100 Amp710-100A-24V 69 x 69 x 50 (2.75 x 2.75 x 2)65381H 24V DC
24V DC 102 x 102 x 95 (4 x 4 x 3.75)
113
BATT
ERY
DIS
TRIB
UTI
ON
CO
MPO
NEN
TS
MOD. 716-SQ-100AVRS DUAL BATTERY CHARGING CLUSTERSFor use on charging systems under 100A. To be used on following systems:■ Single outboard dual battery bank■ Single alternator inboard engine dual battery bank
MOD. 715-S DUAL BATTERY CHARGING CLUSTERSThe 715-S is designed for systems with twin engines and 2 batteries. Thehouse loads can be switched between port and starboard battery. The selector switch can also be used to parallel the batteries when in bothposition.
MOD.717-100A THREE BATTERY CHARGING CLUSTERS
This system is designed for twin outboard installations using outboardswithout AUX outputs. It will allow the port engine to charge the port startbattery and the house battery when the VSR is engaged. It will also allowthe starboard engine to charge the starboard start battery and the housebattery when the starboard VSR is engaged, giving a combined chargefrom two outboards into the house battery until the voltage regulators onboth engines control the charge. It will also allow the house battery to becharged if steaming on one engine.
716-SQ-100AVRS 715-S 717-100A
BATTERY DISTRIBUTION COMPONENTS
ORIENTATION
SQUARE
MODEL
716-SQ-100AVRS
SIZE mm (“)H x W x D
138 x 138 (5.4 x 5.4)
RECTANGULAR715-S 138 x 69 (5.4 x 2.75)
RECTANGULAR717-100A
PART No.
64391 F
65352 A
65353 C 207 x 138 (8.1 x 5.4)
BUS BARS Marine grade negative or positive Bus Bars are supplied as standardwith all BEP AC/DC control panels
FEATURES:
■ 4 mm (5/32”) stainless steel screws with shakeproof washers■ 2x6 mm (1/4”) input stud■ Tin plated brass■ Insulated mounting base
FEATURES:
■ Tinned copper 10 mm (3/8”) orbrass studs 6 mm (1/4”)with spring washers
■ High temperature plasticinsulated mounting base
DIMENSIONS W x H x D mm (“):
■ IS-10MM-1: 44x35x18 mm(1.73x1.37x0.7)
■ IS-6MM-2: 42x32x36 mm(1.65x1.25x1.42)
INSULATED STUDS
BB-6W-2S
717-100A
BB-12W-2S
BB-24W-2S
OUTPUT SCREWS4 mm (5/32”)
6
INPUT STUDS6 mm (1/4”)
1
MODEL
BB-6W-2S
CURRENTRATING
100A
12 1BB-12W-2S 100A
24 2BB-24W-2S
PART No.
63690 L
63691 N
63692 R 150A
IS-10MM-164392H
IS-6MM-263689C
57
114
BATT
ERY
DIS
TRIB
UTI
ON
CO
MPO
NEN
TS
MOD. 702 DISTRIBUTION STUDThe 702 Contour Distribution Stud allows terminating of heavy dutycables for 1 or more connections. Contour lock mouldings withremovable side plates allow for connections from all sides, utilising linkbars 702SB.
MOD. 702-HDBFH SINGLE FUSE HOLDERBEP Marine’s new heavy duty fuse holders are an economical way offusing heavy loads 30-80 amp. Ideal for battery charger outputs ormains feeds. 6 mm (1/4”) studs receive ring terminals and cables up to25 mm2 (4 gauge). Fuse is clamped between tinned brass clamp forpositive connection. Covers enclose exposed terminals to meet ABYCstandards.
SPECIFICATIONS: - Fuses available 30-80 Amp - Interrupt capacity: 1000 Amp DC - Maximum voltage: 32 Volt DC
MOD. 704-ANL FUSE HOLDER HEAVY DUTY - 63235KThe 704-ANL allows fusing of heavy duty accessories between 80 Amp -500 Amp. Mounted in contour lock mouldings with removable sides.Meets ABYC standards for exposed terminals.
704-ANL
ANL-FUSE - 63235K
702SB
BATTERY DISTRIBUTION COMPONENTS
704-ANL
702SBSecondary BusFitted to distributionstud 702 allows forsmall wireconnections withoutcluttering main stud.Terminal screws 4mm (1/8”).
Fuse viewing window
702-HDBFH
702
ANL FUSE LINKS
80 Amp
MODEL
IP80A
100 AmpIP100A
150 Amp
SIZE mm (“)H x W x D
138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)
STUD SIZE
10 mm (3/8”)
MODEL
702
RATING
30 Amp
MODEL
BFHD-30A
40 Amp BFHD-40A
50 Amp
PART No.
66132 R
66133 T
66134 VBFHD-50A
RATING
60 Amp
MODEL
BFHD-60A
70 Amp BFHD-70A
80 Amp
PART No.
66135 X
66136 Z
66137 BBFHD-80A
SIZE mm (“)H x W x D
69 x 69 x 50 (2,75 x 2.75 x 2)
6 mm (1/4”)702-HDBFH
PART No.
63687 Y
65354 E 69 x 69 x 50 (2,75 x 2.75 x 2)
IP150A 138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)
138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)
200 AmpIP200A
250 AmpIP250A
300 Amp
138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)
138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)
138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)IP300A
425 AmpIP425A
500 Amp
138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)
138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)IP500A
PART No.
64394 M
64395 P
63806 D
63807 F
63808 H
63809 K
63810 U
64407 U
IGNITION PROTECTED
702 702SB - 64393K
HEAVY DUTY FUSES
115
ATC
FUSE
HO
LDER
S
ATC-6W
BB-LINK - 26 mm
J05A
DESCRIPTION
6 way fuseholder, screw terminals, with cover
MODEL
ATC FUSE HOLDERS
ATC-6W
RATING
3 Amp
MODEL
ATC FUSES
J03A
5 Amp J05A
7.5 Amp J7.5A
10 Amp J10A
15 Amp J15A
20 Amp J20A
25 Amp J25A
30 Amp J30A
PARTNo.
66018 T
66019 V
66020 D
66021 F
66022 H
66023 K
66024 M
66025 P
6 way fuseholder, quick connect, with coverATC-6WQC
PART No.
65569 C
66017 R
The BEP ATC fuse holder includes thepatented contour lock system (as used in allBEP battery management products). Thisallows you to module as many fuse holders asyou like together.The advantage of this is that it allows you tolink the inputs together, or split them apart toallow multiple power groups within one fuseholder: eg. switched supply or 24 hour supply.For the aftermarket the modular systemallows you to carry one part number insteadof 3 or 4. The 6W-ATC also includes a clip oncover and label positions. The lebel positionsreceive the same label as the 1000 seriespanels: refer page 105 (ordered separately).
SPECIFICATIONS■ Maximum amperage per circuit: 30 Amp■ Maximum amperage per block: 100 Amp■ Maximum voltage: 32V DC■ Base material: polycarbonate■ Cover material: clear polycarbonate
SPECIFICATIONS■ Fuses available: 3-30 Amp■ Interrupt capacity: 1000 amp DC■ Maximum voltage: 32 Volt DC
ATC FUSE HOLDER
Clip on coverwith label
position foreach fuse
Position for spare fuses
Fuse holder linkPart No. BB-LINK-26 mmOrderedseparately
Available with screw terminal
or 6,3 mm QuickConnect options
(see part numbersbelow)
J05A dimensions
ATC-6W dimensions
58
116
DIG
ITA
L M
ON
ITO
RIN
G S
YST
EMS
The 600 series Digital Monitoring System, designed and manufactured by BEP Marine, is made to meet the requirements of modernboating and recreational vehicles. Electrical installations on-board the modern boat now incorporate complex AC and DC systems alongwith extensive tankage for items such as fuel, fresh water, sewage and grey water. Accurate monitoring of such systems is essential, as amal-function in any one of the above areas could cause major damage to expensive equipment and ultimately endanger the vessel orpeoples lives. The dot matrix display incorporated in the 600 series allows for more detailed on-screen information and clarity ofviewing. They have a backlighting display for easy night time viewing, audible alarm with mute function, power supply 10-35V DC.The Contour Matrix series is designed to be surface mounted or recessed into a panel utilising the 600-PMK Kit.
600-DCM MONITOR - 63168XThe 600-DCM monitor offers a comprehensive range of functions toallow full monitoring of your batteries and charging system. For 2004we have added a new function allowing for 24h monitoring of yourbilge. This meter is an important addition to modern batterymanagement systems.
Capacity remaining in Amp hours and percentage
LB-450-50 SHUNT - 64396 S450A - 5 Shunt supplied with 600-DCM and 600-DCTLM
DIMENSIONS WxDxH mm (“):
■ 83 x 45 x 44 (3.26 x 1.77 x 1.73)
VOLTAGE MONITOR:
■ Voltage monitor for up to3 battery banks
■ 12 costum selectablelegends eg: Start battery,House battery etc.
■ Hi / Low voltage alarms onall 3 banks
AMP CHARGE & DISCHARGE:
■ On house bank only■ Meter supplied with
a 450-50 mV shunt
PERCENT REMAININGIN AMP HOURS:
■ Software utilizes Peukertsexponent
■ Suitable for use on batterybanks from 60 to 3000Amp hours
■ Low Amp hour alarm
BILGE MONITOR
■ The bilge monitor functionmonitors bilge pump functions24 hours, 7 days a week. Storesbilge pump operations andaccumulated time. Resettablewhen leaving boat.
■ Function only available whenthird voltmeter position is notused
600-DCM
LB-450-50-SHUNT
CONTOUR MATRIX DIGITAL MONITORING SYSTEMS
SIDE VIEWSURFACE
MOUNTED
SIDE VIEWREAR
MOUNTED
SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW METER REAR VIEW
CONNECTOR STRIPMOUNTED IN
REMOVABLE PLUG FOREASY INSTALLATION
PANEL MOUNTING KIT AVAILABLE. INCLUDES FACIA, FASTENINGS AND TEMPLATE. P.N. 600-PMK - 65177 J
117
DIG
ITA
L M
ON
ITO
RIN
G S
YST
EMS
600-ACM - 63169 Z The 600-ACM AC monitor includes one extra voltage input allowingmonitoring of twin line inputs. Selectable legends allow labelling e.g.AC volt Line 1, AC volt Line 2. It has also an extra input for currentenabling monitoring of Amp on twin line systems.
AC VOLT FUNCTIONS:
■ 3 inputs with selectablelegends: AC volt Line 1,AC volt Line 2,AC volt L1 + L2,
■ High / low volt alarm
AMP FUNCTIONS:
■ 2 AC Amp inputs Selectablelegends:AC Amp, AC Amp Line 1 &AC Amp Line 2
■ High Amp alarm
FREQUENCY FUNCTIONS:
■ 0 – 100 Hz■ Frequency alarm
selectable for 50 or60 Hz
600-ACM
600-VM3 - 66567 D■ Voltage monitoring on up to 3 battery banks■ Custom selectable legends e.g. Start batt, House batt■ High / low voltage alarms■ Input 10 – 35V DC
600-VM3
AC-VSEN - 64397UThe AC-VSEN includes 2 voltage transformers for 2 voltage inputs.Supplied with 600-ACM.
AC-VSEN
CT-10-3 - 64398WOne Ct-10-3 current transformer is supplied with 600-ACM. If a twinline system is in use a second CT must be ordered.
CT-10-3
DIGITAL MONITORING SYSTEMS
59
118
MO
NIT
ORI
NG
SY
STEM
S
600-TLM-SIF - 63172 MThe 600-TLM-SIF tank sender interface module must be used whenusing standard European (10 – 180 Ohm) or American (240 – 33 Ohm)senders to produce a 0 – 5 Volt signal to operate 600-TLM. 10 – 32V supply. One unit per sender required.
ANALOG STAND-ALONE METERS
MONITORING SYSTEMS
600-DCTLM - 65671 TThe 600- DCTLM is designed forinstallations where space is notavailable to fit two meters.Offering most of the samefunctions and settings as the600-DCM and 600-TLM.Selectable legends offer fullinformation to be shown on thescreen to allow full monitoringof batteries and tank levels.
SPECIFICATIONS:
■ Input voltage 10- 35V DC■ Supplied with LB-450-50 mv
shunt (page 116)■ Compatible with TSI Ultrasonic
tank sender (page 119)■ Dimensions: refer page 116
AMMETER SHUNT
N816DCV
600-TLM-SIFDimensions: 60 x 34 x 22h mm(2.4” x 1.3” x 0.9”h)
VOLT
12V DC
MODEL
ANALOG VOLTMETERS
N816DCV
SCALE
8-16 Volt DC
24V DCN1632DCV
PART No.
63682 M
63683 P 16-32 Volt DC
SCALE
0-50 Amp DC
MODEL
ANALOG AMMETERS
N050A
CURRENTTRASFORMER
N/A
0-100 Amp DCN100A N/A
SHUNTMODEL
50A-50MV
100A-50MV
0-150 Amp DCN150A
PART No.
64399 A
64400 D
64183 Y N/A 150A-50MV
SCALE
0-50 A
MODEL
AMMETER SHUNT
50A - 50MV
0-100 A100A - 50MV
0-150 150A - 50MV
PART No.
64515 X
64178 F
64516 Z
600-DC TLM
V/A button pressed repeatedlywill allow 3 voltage inputs andamps charge and discharge
C button pressed repeatedlywill allow amp hour capacityand percentage of charge
T button pressed repeatedly will showtank 1, 2, 3, 4 and multitank screen(600-DCTLM will monitor up to 4 tanks)
119
ULT
RASO
NIC
TA
NK
SEN
DER
TS1 - 66322 WThe new TS1 Ultrasonic Tank Sender can be used on fuel (petrol or diesel), fresh water, grey or black water tanks.One part number suits all tanks!
SPECIFICATIONS:
■ The TS1 is programmable for the following outputs: 240-33 Ohm, 10-180Ohm and 0-5 Volt
■ The TS1 offers low profile and standard SAE 5 hole mounting pattern,allowing it to be retrofitted to practically all other sender brands
■ The TS1 can be programmed for tank dimensions via a computer utilizingBEP Marine’s proprietary TSI software avoiding experimental tank fillingon site
■ The TS1 configured to a 0-5V output will connect straight into the BEP600-TLMN and 600-DCTLM digital tank monitors
■ When configured to a 240-33 Ohm or 10-180 Ohm output the TS1 can beconnected to Uflex®, Wema®, Faria®, VDO®,Teleflex® and many otherpopular instrument brands. When connecting to non-adjustable gaugesthe TS1 must be pre-calibrated
■ Standard off the shelf TSI sender is set for 0-2000 mm (6.5’)
ULTRASONIC TANK SENDER
SPECIFICATIONS Non linear Tank Parameter Calculation
Current draw 10-32VDC
Currentdraw
25mA with 5 volt gauge output
Measurementmethod
Acoustic sonic measurement
Tank depth 0 to 2000mm (6.5 ft)
Accuracy distance 0-2000mm (6.5’) at 2 mm accuracy
Mounting SAE 5 stud mounting
pattern with gasket, seal and screws. Top mount only
Environmental temperature 4 to 65 degrees C
Chemical resistance Petrol, diesel, water, toilet chemicals
Tabk type style Metal and plastic with non linear capacity, grey and blackwater, petrol and diesel
TS1
0,5 m (1.6’) cable
BEP Marines proprietary software allows distributors or volume users topre-programme tank dimensions giving accurate measurement avoidingexperimental tank filling.
low profile
60
120
SOU
ND
SY
STEM
S A
ND
SPE
AK
ERS
SOUND SYSTEMS AND SPEAKERSSEA 2500S - AM/FM CD RECEIVER■ Pull-out removable chassis■ Manual tuning, high power - 40 Watt per
channel■ Station presets with Tuner Plus™■ LCD readout illuminated■ Separate bass & treble with audio mute■ APS (Automatic Preset Scan)■ Clock■ Preset 18-FM 6-AM■ Approved CESEA 2500S - 66155 D
RADIO COVERSRTR/2000 B BLACK - RTR/2000 W WHITE■ Super deluxe auto opening faceplate cover
with dark tinted, curved retracting shield forshafted models.RTR/5200 B - 60345 ORTR/5200 W - 60324 J
RTR/600 B BLACK■ Radio cover with manual opening system,
available in black only.RTR/600 B - 63105 W
ANTENNASURB/3S B BLACK - URB/3S W WHITE■ AM/FM, 40.6 cm (16”) fully flexible rubber
antenna with 180 degree adjustable base, 137 cm (54”) cable, 35 mm (1 3/8”) base,available in black and white.URB/3S B -60326 LURB/3S W - 63106 Y
SEA/ANT■ Soft wire antenna with plug, included as
standard.SEA/ANT - 60325 K
SEA/5582 W - WHITE SPEAKERS■ 12,7 cm (5”) flush mount coaxial speakers■ 5 oz ferrite magnet coaxial with 1 1/2” tweeter■ High efficiency design■ 40 Watt per channel■ Frequency response 70-16,000 hz■ Mounting Dimensions: Flush Mounting:
114,3 mm (4 1/4”) diameter hole.■ Outer dimensions: Depth 48 mm (1 7/8”),
153 mm (6”) outside diameter.SEA/5582 W - 65714 J
SEA/5632 W - WHITE SPEAKERS■ 6 1/4” flush mount waterproof dual cone
speakers■ 6 oz ferrite magnet■ High efficiency design■ 40 Watt per channel■ Frequency response 60-16,000 hz■ Mounting dimensions: Flash mounting:
133 mm (5 1/4”) diameter hole.■ Outer dimensions: Depth 61 mm (2 3/8”),
outside diameter 168,4 mm (6 5/8”)SEA/5632 W - 60352 N
SEA 2500S
SEA/5582W and SEA/5632W
URB/3S B
URB/3S W
SEA/ANT
RTR/5200 WRTR/5200 B
RTR/600 B
QUALITY MARINE ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS
SHORE POWER SYSTEMS
121
SHO
RE P
OW
ER S
YST
EMS
QUALITY MARINE ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS
61
122
SHO
RE P
OW
ER S
YST
EMS
SHORE POWER FEATURES
EASY LOCK™ SYSTEM
Marinco’s exclusive Easy Lock System has beendesigned to make hook-up quick and easy. Justconnect the cordset (with an Easy Lock locking ringinstalled) to the inlet and turn the locking ring lessthan a quarter turn.The tabs on the locking ring lock into the inlet fora positive watertight hook-up while eliminatingany chance of cross threading. The locking ringfeatures lock locators positioned at 180° to improvefinger grip during attachment.Easy Lock inlets have a threaded boss that willaccept threaded cordsets as well.
SOFT TOUCH™ CAP DESIGNMARINCO inlets feature the Soft Touch cap design.The Soft Touch hinge is designed with a special camfeature that allows it to stay “locked” open in theupright position during hook-up. A “soft touvh”unloks it for closing.
PowerCord PLUS® CORDSETThe PowerCord PLUS® has features you will notfind on other cordsets.
Power Indicator lightLED Power indicator light – lets you know if youhave power
Comfort Grip with Thumbprint LocatorMoulded to fit the contour of your hand.Thumbprint Locator lines up the locking blades forquick and easy connections.
- LED Power Indicator Light- Contour Grip Ends- Thumbprint Locator- Super Flexible 10/3 Cable- Easy LockTM System- High Quality Marine Grade Construction- Watertight Molded Plug & Connectors- Includes threaded ring and Easy Lock ring- All PowerCord PLUS cords assembled complete
with Watertight Connector Cap to ensure CEcompliance
- CE marked
123
SHO
RE P
OW
ER S
YST
EMS
16 AMP/220V & 32 AMP/220V SHORE POWER PRODUCTS
■ 316 Stainless Steel■ Easy Lock System■ Soft Touch cap design■ Rear safety enclosure with
strain relief303SSEL-BX - 66753A - 16A6371EL-BX - 66766K - 32A
■ Glass-filled polyester■ Easy Lock System■ Watertight■ Rear safety enclosure with
strain relief301EL-BX - 66754C -16A6351EL-BX - 66767M - 32A
■ Glass-filled polyester■ Easy Lock System■ Watertight■ Rear safety enclosure w/
strain relief304EL-BX - 66755E - 16A 6343EL-BX - 66768P - 32A
■ Glass-filled polyester■ Chrome plated cover ■ Easy Lock System■ Watertight■ Rear safety enclosure 304EL-BXCR - 66756G - 16A6343EL-BXCR – 66769S - 32A
16 AMP/220V & 32 AMP/220V 50 HZ - POWER INLETS
■ Female Connector■ Corrosion resistant contacts
and terminals 305CRCXN - 66757J - 16A6360CRNX - 66770A - 32A
■ Weatherproof Cover withthreaded ring
■ Use with female connectors103RNX - 66758L - for 16A7715CRNX - 66771C - for 32A
■ Watertight Connector Sealing Cap
■ Use with cover andconnector to ensure CE compliance
199109 - 66759N - for 16A199110 - 66772E - for 32A
16 AMP/220V & 32 AMP/220V - FEMALE CONNECTORS
■ PowerCord™ Cordset■ 3,3 mm² (12/3)■ With Female connector■ Blunt cut male end50PCMX - 66760X - 15,24 m (50 ft)25PCMX - 66761Z - 7,62 m (25 ft)
■ PowerCord ™ PLUS Cordset■ 3,3 mm² (12/3)■ With moulded connector
with LED power indicatorlight
■ Blunt cut male end50SPPX - 66762B - 15,24 m (50 ft)
■ PowerCord ™ PLUS Cordset■ 2,5 mm² (10/3)■ With moulded connector
with LED power indicatorlight and IEC 60309 maleplug (IP44)
■ Watertight connectorsealing cap for CEcompliance
20MSPPXP - 66763D - 20 m (65.6 ft)15MSPPXP - 66764F - 15 m (49.2 ft)10MSPPXP - 66765h - 10 m (32.8 ft)
16 AMP/220V 50 HZ - SHORE POWER CORDSETS
■ PowerCord ™ PLUS Cordset■ 2,5 mm² (10/3)■ With moulded connector
with LED power indicatorlight and IEC 60309 maleplug (IP44)
■ Watertight connectorsealing cap for CEcompliance
15M32AXP – 66773G - 15 m(49.2 ft)
32 AMP/220V 50 HZ - SHORE POWER CORDSET
■ Includes 6 Cable Clips withstainless steel mountingscrews
■ Keeps shore power cableout of the water
■ Holds 10 gauge 30A cable■ Easy to install■ Use on deck or edge of
dock■ Organize shore power cableCLIP – 66825 Z
CABLE CLIP
62
124
SHO
RE P
OW
ER S
YST
EMS
50 AMP 125V/250V; 3 POLE, 4-WIRE SHORE POWER PRODUCTS
■ Solid cast 316 stainless steel■ Easy Lock System■ Soft Touch cap stays open
in the upright position■ Rear safety enclosure with
strain relief■ Locking waterproof cap6373EL-B – 66774J - 50A
■ Same as 6373EL-B powerinlet, without rear safatyenclosure
6373EL - 66776N - 50A
■ Glass-filled polyester■ Easy Lock System■ Watertight cap■ Rear safety enclosure
w/strain relief ■ Marine stainless steel trim6353EL-B – 66775L - 50A
■ Glass-filled polyester■ Easy Lock System■ Soft Touch cap stays open
in the upright position■ Chrome finish cover■ Rear safety enclosure■ Stainless steel trim 6344EL-BCR – 66777R - 50A
50 AMP 125V/250V; 3 POLE, 4-WIRE - POWER INLETS
■ Male Plug ribbed, thick wallnylon housing for securegripping
■ Use with weatherproof7717N cover for superiorseal
6365CRN – 66778T -50A
■ Weatherproof cover formale plug 6365CRN
7717N – 66822T
■ Female connector ribbed,nylon housing for securegripping
■ Use with weatherproof7715CRN cover for superiorseal
6364CRN – 66779V - 50A
■ Weatherproof cover forfemale connector 6364CRN
7715CRN – 66780D
50 AMP 125V/250V; 3 POLE, 4-WIRE - MALE PLUG AND FEMALE CONNECTOR
■ PowerCord ™ PLUS Cordset ■ LED power indicator light – lets you
know if you have power■ Watertightmolded plug and connector
for safety and durability■ Contoured grip ends with Thumbprint
Locator for fast and esasy connection■ Includes Easy Lock Ring and astandard
threaded ring for hook-up to ordinarythreaded inlets
6152SPP – 66783K – 15,24 m (50 ft)6152SPP-25 – 66784M– 7,62 m (25 ft)
■ Locking with Sealing Collar System510R
165AY – 66781F – 50A
■ Provides maximum moisture protectionbetween cordset and adapter.
510R – 66782H
50 AMP 125/250V; 3 POLE, 4-WIRE
SHORE POWER CORDSET
“Y” ADAPTER SEALING COLLAR WITH THREADED
RING
125
SHO
RE P
OW
ER S
YST
EMS
63 AMP/220V 50 HZ SHORE POWER PRODUCTS - SINGLE PHASE 3-WIRE,THREE PHASE 4-WIRE
■ Power Inlet■ 316 stainless steel■ Easy Lock System■ Soft Touch cap design■ Rear safety enclosure with
strain relief6401EL-BX – 66785M – 63ASingle Phase, 3-wire6402EL-BX – 66788W – 63AThree Phase, 4-wire
■ Female Connector■ Corrosion resistant contacts
and terminals■ Best when used with
weatherproof cover7715CRNX
6401CRCX – 66786S - 63ASingle Phase, 3-wire6402CRCX – 66789Y - 63A Three Phase, 4-wire
■ Male Plug■ Corrosion resistant
materials■ Best when used with
weatherproof cover7715CRNX
6401CRPX - 66787U - 63ASingle Phase, 3-wire6402CRPX - 66790G - 63AThree Phase, 4-wire
■ Weatherproof cover for 63Amp male plugs and femaleconnectors both single andthree phase
7715CRNX – 66791J
■ Male Plug ribbed for securegripping
■ Compact design305CRPN – 66817A - 30A
■ Weatherproof cover formale plug 305CRPN
102N - 66818C
■ Female Connector ribbedfor secure gripping
■ Compact design305CRCN – 66819E – 30A
■ Weatherproof cover withthreaded ring for femaleconnector 305CRCN
103RN – 66820N
30 AMP/125V SHORE POWER PRODUCTS
100 AMP 125V/250V; 3 POLE, 4-WIRE CONNECTOR AND SHORE POWER INLET■ Gray AMAPLAST shore power
inlet■ Gasketed spring loaded cover
provides an IP67 watertightrating when tightened
M4100B12R – 66793N – 100A
■ Yellow AMAPLAST watertightconnector
■ Body has gasketed lockingring to mate with theM4100B12R inlet
M4100C12R – 66792L – 100A
100 AMP/380V; 4 POLE, 5-WIRE CONNECTOR AND SHORE POWER INLET■ Gray AMAPLAST shore power inlet■ Gasketed spring loaded cover
provides an IP67 watertight ratingwhen tightened
M5100B9R – 667935T – 100A
■ Yellow AMAPLAST watertightconnector
■ Body has gasketed lockingring to mate with theM5100B9R inlet
M5100C9R – 66794R- 100A
■ Male Plug ribbed, thick wallnylon housing for securegripping
■ Use with weatherproof7717N cover for superiorseal
6361CRN – 66821R - 50A■ Weatherproof cover for
male plug 6361CRN7717N – 66822T
■ Female connector ribbed,nylon housing for securegripping
■ Use with weatherproof7715CRN cover for superiorseal
6360CRN – 68823V - 50A■ Weatherproof cover for
female connector 6360CRN7715CRN – 66780D
50 AMP/125V; 2 POLE, 3-WIRE SHORE POWER PRODUCTS
63
126
SHO
RE P
OW
ER S
YST
EMS
■ 316 stainless steel inlet ■ Locking waterproof cap■ Soft Touch cap design■ Watertight rear boot
(PH/TV inlet only)PH6592TV-SS - 66796VPhone and Cable TV InletTV6592 - 66796VCable TV Inlet
■ Contoured glass-filledpolyester inlet
■ Watertight cap■ Soft Touch cap design■ Stainless steel trim on capPH6444TV – 66800GPhone and Cable TV InletTV6444 - 66801JCable TV Inlet
■ Standard glass-filledpolyester inlet
■ Watertight cap■ Stainless steel trim on capPH6574TV – 66798ZPhone and Cable TV InletTV6574 - 66799BCable TV Inlet
■ Female Phone ConnectorWith cover
PH6629 – 66848M
PHONE AND CABLE TV INLETS
12V DC Receptacle■ Watertight sealing cap■ Easy to install with supplied
mounting plate for frontpanel installation, orlocking ring for rear accessinstallation
■ Compatible with standard12V plugs
12VRC – 66414B
12V DC Sealed Receptacle■ Ideal for vertical
installations in wetenvironments
■ Sealed seams at electricalconnections
■ 4mm hole directs wateraway from electricalconnections
■ Mounting plate notincluded
12VRCY.OEM – 66156F
Mounting Plate■ For Sealed Receptacle
12VRCY.OEM12MP.OEM – 66809B
12V DC Plug■ Moisture proof sealing ring■ LED power indicator light■ Interchangeable 10A fuse■ Internal strain relief and
cord seal■ Compatible with standard
12V receptacles12VPG – 66415D
SeaLink® 12 VOLT RECEPTACLE AND PLUG
PHONE AND CABLE TV CORDSETSTV Cable Cordset■ Standard 75 Ohm, with quick,
slip-on connections and heavyduty boots included on bothends
TV99 – 66804R - 15,24 m (50 ft)TV99-25 - 66805T - 7,62 m (25 ft)TV99-12 -66806V - 3,65 m (12 ft)
Telephone Cordset■ 3 conductor vinyl cord provides
portable connection for RVs andpleasure boats
PH6599 – 66802L - 15,24 m (50 ft)PH6599-25 – 66803N - 7,62 m (25 ft)PH6599-12 – 66945 K - 3,65 m (12 ft)
SeaLink® ACCESSORIES
12V DC Dual Outlet Cord■ Heavy duty 18 gauge wire,
extends to over 0,3 m (1 ft)■ Watertight cap■ Plug features a LED indicator
light, moisture proof sealingring, strain relief and built-in10A fuse
■ Works with any standard 12Vplug and receptacle
12VAD – 66811M
12V DC Extension Cord■ Heavy duty 18 gauge wire,
extends to over 1,8 m (6 ft)■ Watertight cap ■ Plug features a LED indicator
light, moisture proof sealingring, strain relief and built-in 10Afuse
■ Works with any standard 12Vplug and receptacle
12VXT – 66810K
127
ENER
GY
UN
LIM
ITED
64
128
BATT
ERY
CH
ARG
ERS
BLUE POWER BATTERY CHARGERS - WATERPROOFBlue Power battery chargers have automatic three stage IUoUocharging. The casing is made of cast aluminium and they arewaterproof (protection IP 65), schockproof and ignition protected.
Standard featuresProtection against battery reverse polarity, output short circuit andover temperature; operating temperature range -20 to +60°C; red andblack battery connection cables of 1.5 m of length; connection cable of1,5 m with Europe class 1 plug, two LED’s for status indication.
BLUE POWER IP 67
BLUE POWER BATTERY CHARGER IP20Universal input: 90-265 VAC or 90-350 VDCThe charger will operate on whatever supply is available
Standard features Adaptive 4-stage charge characteristic: bulk- absorption-float-storage.The Blue Power charger features a microprocessor controlled ‘adaptive’battery management. The ‘adaptive’ feature will automaticallyoptimise the charging process relative to the way the battery is beenused.
BATTERY CHARGERS
BLUE POWER IP 20
INPUT VOLTAG CHARGE VOLTAGE CHARGE DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMOD. PART No. RANGE ABSORPTION CURRENT H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 50x85x200 1.312/7 IP20 65626 M
90-350V DC / 45-65Hz14,4V DC 7A
(0.2x3.3x7.8) (2.8)
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 50x85x200 1.312/10 IP20 65627 P
90-350V DC / 45-65Hz14,4V DC 10A
(0.2x3.3x7.8) (2.8)
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 50x85x200 1.312/15 IP20 65571 N
90-350V DC / 45-65Hz14,4V DC 15A
(0.2x3.3x7.8) (2.8)
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 50x85x200 1.324/5 IP20 65628 S
90-350V DC / 45-65Hz28,8V DC 5A
(0.2x3.3x7.8) (2.8)
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 50x85x200 1.324/8 IP20 65577 B
90-350V DC / 45-65Hz28,8V DC 8A
(0.2x3.3x7.8) (2.8)
INPUT VOLTAGE CHARGE VOLTAGE CHARGE DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMOD. PART No. RANGE ABSORPTION CURRENT H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)
43x80x155 1.112/7 IP67 66009 S 200-265V AC / 45-65Hz 14,4V DC 7A
(1.7x3.1x6.1) (2.4)
47x99x193 1.412/17 IP67 66405 A 200-265V AC / 45-65Hz 14,4V DC 17A
(1.9x3.9x7.6) (3.1)
43x80x155 1.424/3 IP67 66406 C 200-265V AC / 45-65Hz 28,8V DC 3A
(1.7x3.1x6.1) (2.4)
47x99x193 1.424/12 IP67 66035 T 200-265V AC / 45-65Hz 28,8V DC 12A
(1.9x3.9x7.6) (3.1)
129
BATT
ERY
CH
ARG
ERS
BATTERY CHARGERS
CENTAUR BATTERY CHARGERS - ANALOGIC CONTROLCentaur battery chargers have automatic three stage IUoUo charging.All models are designed to operate all over the world without anyadjustment needed on input voltage range or frequency.
They have three isolated outputs to simultaneously charge 3 batterybanks. Each output is capable to supply the full rated current.
Standard featuresAluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit boardprotection with an acrylic coating, built-in temperature sensors, forcedcooling, protection against output short circuit and over temperature,analog ammeter, DIP switch for selection of charge/float voltage forflooded lead-acid, gel or AGM batteries, Europe CE certification andU.S.A. UL certification, feeder function.Temperature range: -20 + 60° C CENTAUR
(1) 100 % output up to 40°C, 80% nominal output at 50°C and 60% of nominal at 60°C.
INPUT VOLTAGE CHARGE VOLTAGE CHARGE Ah DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMOD. PART No. RANGE ABSORPTION CURRENT(1) BATTERIES H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)
355x215x110 3.812/20 64886 K 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14.3V DC 20 A 80 /200
(14.0x8.5x4.3) (8.4)
355x215x110 3.812/30 64887 M 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14.3V DC 30 A 120/300
(14.0x8.5x4.3) (8.4)
426x239x135 5 12/40 64888 P 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14.3V DC 40 A 160/400
(16.8x9.4x5.3) (11)
426x239x135 512/50 64889 S 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14.3V DC 50 A 200/500
(16.8x9.4x5.3x) (11)
426x239x135 512/60 64890 A 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14.3V DC 60 A 240/600
(16.8x9.4x5.3) (11)
505x255x130 1212/80 64891 C 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14.3V DC 80 A 320/800
(19.9x10.0x5.2) (26.4)
505x255x130 1212/100 64892 E 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14.3V DC 100 A 400/1000
(19.9x10.0x5.2) (26.4)
505x255x230 1612/200 64893 G 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14.3V DC 200 A 800/2000
(19.9x10.0x9.1) (35.3)
355x215x110 3.824/16 64894 J 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 16 A 45/150
(14.0x8.5x4.3) (8.4)
426x239x135 5 24/30 64895 L 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 30 A 120/300
(16.8x9.4x5.3) (11)
505x255x130 1224/40 64896 N 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 40 A 160/400
(19.9x10.0x5.2) (26.4)
505x255x130 1224/60 64897 R 90-265V AC / 5-65 Hz 28.5V DC 60 A 240/600
(19.9x10.0x5.2) (26.4)
505x255x230 1624/80 64898 T 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 80 A 320/800
(19.9x10.0x9.1) (35.3)
505x255x230 1624/100 64899 V 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 100 A 400/1000
(19.9x10.0x9.1) (35.3)
65
130
BATT
ERY
CH
ARG
ERS
BATTERY CHARGERS
SKYLLA BATTERY CHARGERS - MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLSkylla battery chargers have automatic three stage IUoUo charging.They are designed for use on battery banks with 24Vcc / 48Vcc.
They have two outputs, two full charge output and one oputputlimited to 4 A
Standard featuresAluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit boardprotection with an acrylic coating, built-in temperature sensors, forcedcooling, protection against output short circuit and over temperature,battery temperature sensor, compensation on cable voltage fall, feederfunction. SKYLLA
PHOENIX BATTERY CHARGERS - MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLPhoenix automatic battery chargers with microprocessor can suitperfectly and automatically the charge for the batteries. During the 4charge stages (bulk-absorption-float-storage) the battery charger willmaintain the optimal charge depending on battery status and use.
Standard featuresAluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit boardprotection with an acrylic coating, built-in temperature sensors, forcedcooling, protection against output short circuit and over temperature,battery temperature sensor, compensation on cable voltage fall, twofull charge output and one oputput limited to 4 A, RS-485 data portfor computer connection, feeder function.
PHOENIX
(1) 100 % output up to 40°C, 80% nominal output at 50°C and 60% of nominal at 60°C
INPUT VOLTAGE CHARGE VOLTAGE CHARGE Ah DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMOD. PART No. RANGE ABSORPTION CURRENT(1) BATTERIES H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)
365x250x147 5.5TG 24/30 64904 J 185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 30 A 150/300 (14.4x9.9x5.8) (12.1)
TG 24/30 365x250x147 6GMDSS 66036 V 185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 30 A 150/300 (14.4x9.9x5.8) (13.2)
365x250x147 5.5TG 24/50 64905 L 185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 50 A 250/500 (14.4x9.9x5.8) (12.1)
350x250x257 10TG 24/80 64906 N 185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 80 A 400/800 (14.4x9.9x10.1) (22)
365x250x257 10TG 24/100 64907 R 185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 100 A 500/1000 (14.4x9.9x10.1) (22)
TG 24/100 515x260x265 233 fasi 64908 T 320-450V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 100 A 500/1000 (20.0x10.2x10.4) (48)
365x250x147 5.5TG 48/25 64909 V 185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 57V DC 25 A 125/250 (14.4x9.9x5.8) (12.1)
365x250x257 10TG 48/50 64910 D 185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 57V DC 50 A 250/500 (14.4x9.9x10.1) (22)
INPUT VOLTAGE CHARGE CHARGE Ah DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMOD. PART No. RANGE VOLTAGE CURRENT(1) BATTERIES H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)
(Absorption)
12/30 64900 A 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14,4V DC 30 A (x2) + 4 A 100/400 350x200x108 (13.8x7.9x4.3) 3.8 (8.4)
12/50 64901 C 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14,4V DC 50 A (x2) + 4 A 200/800 350x200x108 (13.8x7.9x4.3) 3.8 (8.4)
24/16 64902 E 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28,8V DC 16 A (x2) + 4 A 100/200 350x200x108 (13.8x7.9x4.3) 3.8 (8.4)
24/25 64903 G 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28,8V DC 25 A (x2) + 4 A 100/400 350x200x108 (13.8x7.9x4.3) 3.8 (8.4)
(1) 100 % output up to 40°C, 80% nominal output at 50°C and 60% of nominal at 60°C
131
INPUT VOLTAGE CONT. OUTPUT PEAK MAX EFFIC DIMENSIONS WEIGHT MOD. PART No. RANGE V DC POWER - VA(1) POWER - W % H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)
C12/1200 64918 W 9,5 – 16,0 1200 2200 93 375x214x110 (14.7x8.4x4.3) 10 (22)
C12/1600 64919 Y 9,5 – 16,0 1600 2300 93 375x214x110 (14.7x8.4x4.3) 10(22)
C12/2000 66407 E 9,5 – 16,0 2000 4000 93 520x255x125 (20.5x10.0x4.9) 13 (28.6)
12/3000(2) 66037 X 9,5 – 16,0 3000 6000 93 362x258x218 (14.2x10.1x8.6) 18 (39.7)
C24/1200 64921 J 19,5 – 33,0 1200 2200 94 375x214x110 (14.7x8.4x4.3) 10 (22)
C24/1600 64922 L 19,5 – 33,0 1600 3000 94 375x214x110 (14.7x8.4x4.3) 10 (22)
C24/2000 66408 G 19,5 – 33,0 2000 4000 94 520x255x125 (20.5x10.0x4.9) 13 (28.6)
24/3000(2) 64923 N 19,5 – 33,0 3000 6000 94 362x258x218 (14.2x10.1x8.6) 18 (39.7)
24/5000(2) 66244 C 19,5 – 33,0 5000 10.000 94 444x328x240 (17.5x12.9x9.4) 28 (61.7)
INV
ERTE
RS
PHOENIX INVERTERS
PHOENIX INVERTER UP TO 750 VA
Standard featuresAluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit boardprotection with an acrylic coating, forced cooling with temperature sensors,remote connector, battery cables (1.5 m), output short circuit protection,over temperature protection.
Developed for professional duty, Phoenix pure sine inverters are suitable for the widest range of applications. The design criteria have been to produce a true sine wave inverter with optimised efficiency without compromise inperformance. Employing hybrid HF technology, the result is a top quality product with compact dimensions, light inweight and capable of supplying power, problem-free, to any load. A unique feature of the SinusMax technology is veryhigh start-up power. Phoenix inverters, in fact, are well suited to power up difficult loads such as: refrigerationcompressors, electric motors and similar applications. Conventional high frequency technology does not offer suchextreme performance.
PHOENIX up to 750 VA
INPUT VOLTAGE CONT. OUTPUT PEAK MAX EFFIC. DIMENSIONS WEIGHT MOD. PART No. RANGE V DC POWER - VA(1) POWER - W % H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)
12/180 Schuko 64911 F 10,5 – 15,5 180 200 91 72x132x200 (2.8x5.2x7.9) 2.7 (5.9)12/350 Schuko 64912 H 10,5 – 15,5 350 500 90 72x155x237 (2.8x6.1x9.3) 3.5 (7.7)
12/750 Schuko 65400 J 10,5 – 15,5 750 1400 91 72x180x295 (2.8x7.1x11.6) 2.7 (5.9)
24/180 Schuko 64914 M 21,0 – 31,0 180 200 92 72x132x200 (2.8x5.2x7.9) 2.7 (5.9)
24/350 Schuko 64915 P 21,0 – 31,0 350 500 91 72x155x237 (2.8x6.1x9.3) 3.5 (7.7)
24/750 Schuko 65649A 21,0 – 31,0 750 1400 93 72x 180x295 (2.8x7.1x11.6) 2.7 (5.9)
(1) Continuous output power at 25°C
OUT
PUT
: 230
V AC
± 2
%
- 50
Hz ±
2%
OUT
PUT
: 230
V AC
± 2
% -
50 H
z ±
2%
PHOENIX INVERTER 1200 VA
Standard featuresAluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit boardprotection with an acrylic coating, forced cooling with temperaturesensors, protection against: output short circuit, overload, low batteryvoltage, reverse polarity, reverse voltage on output, input voltageripple, high temperature.
PHOENIX 1200 VA
(1) Continuous output power at 25°C (2) Suitable for parallel (max 6 parallel units) and 3-phase operation
66
NEW
NEW
132
INV
ERTE
R/BA
TTER
Y C
HA
RGER
SMULTI-FUNCTION INVERTER/BATTERY CHARGERS
QUATTRO 5kVA
Two AC inputs with integrated transfer switchThe Quattro can be connected to two independent AC sources, for example shore-sidepower and a generator, or two generators The Quattro will automatically connect to theactive source.
Two AC outputsThe main output has no-break functionality. In the event of a grid failure, or shore orgenerator power being disconnected, the Quattro takes over the supply to the connectedloads. This happens so fast (less then 20 milliseconds) that computers and otherelectronic equipment will continue to operate without disruption. The second output islive only when AC is available on one of the inputs of the Quattro. Loads that shoulddischarge the battery, like a water heater for example can be connected to this output.
Virtually unlimited power thanks to parallel operationUp to 6 Quattro’s can operate in parallel. Six units 24/5000/120, for example, will provide25kW / 30VA output power and 720 Amp charging capacity.
Thee phase capabilityThree units can be configured for three-phase output and up to 6 sets of three units canbe parallel connected to provide 75kW / 90kVA inverter power and more then 2000 Ampcharging capacity.
Power Control - Dealing with limited generator, shore-side or grid powerThe Quattro is a very powerful battery charger. It will therefore draw a lot of currentfrom the generator or shore-side supply (16A per Quattro at 230 VAC). A current limitcan be set for both AC inputs. The Quattro will then take account of the other AC loadsand use whatever is spare for charging, thus preventing the generator or shore supplyfrom being overloaded.
Power Assist – Boosting shore or generator powerWhere peak power is so often required only for a limited period, the Quattro will make sure that insufficient shore or generator power isimmediately compensated for by power from the battery. When the load reduces, the spare power is used to recharge the battery. With thisfeature problems related to insufficient shore or generator power are solved once and for all. Air conditioning, an electric hob, a washingmachine, a dish washer: a 16A shore connection, or even less then16A, will not limit you in any way.
PHOENIX EASYPLUSThe Poenix EasyPlus is a multifunctional energy system:12 Volt 1600VA sine wave inverter (3000 Watt peak power) and70A charger including 4A trickle charge for start battery.Unique PowerAssist© technology protects the shore or generatorfrom being overloaded by adding extra inverter power when needed.4 stage adaptive charge technology for quick and accurate batterycharging.RCD (30mA/16A) on AC output.Two Ac output sockets protected by 16A automatic circuit breakersfor optimum safety. Second AC output active only when shore power is available.No-break system: uninterrupted switching between shore/generatorand inverter.Battery cables and remote panel included.
QUATTRO5kVA
PHOENIXEASYPLUS
DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMODEL PART No. H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)
EP C 12/1600/70-16 64948 F 510x214x110 (20x8.4x4.3) 11,7 (25,8)
INPUT CONT. BATTERY CHARGE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT MODEL PART No. VOLTAGE OUTPUT INPUT VOLTAGE CHARGE H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)
RANGE POWER (1) RANGE CURRENT
14.4V DC (absorption) 362x258x218 19,012/3000/120-50-30 66880 M 9,5 - 17 3000
13.8V DC (float)120A
(14.3x10.1x8.6) (41.8)
28.8V DC (absorption) 362x258x218 19,024/3000/70-50-30 66881 K 19 - 33 3000
27.6V DC (float)70A
(14.3x10.1x8.6) (41.8)
28.8V DC (absorption) 444x328x240 30.024/5000/120-2X30 66097 S 19 - 33 5000
27.6V DC (float)120A
(17.4x12.9x9.4) (66.1)
(1) Continuous output power at 25°C
OUTP
UT: 2
30V A
C ± 2%
133
INV
ERTE
R/BA
TTER
Y C
HA
RGER
S
PHOENIX MULTI-FUNCTION INVERTER/BATTERY CHARGERS - PLUS SERIES
PHOENIX MULTIPhoenix Multi inverter/battery charger gets its name from the multiplefunctions it can perform. It is a powerful true sine wave inverter, asophisticated battery charger that features adaptive chargetechnology, and a high-speed AC transfer switch in a single compactenclosure. It is designed by using the best technology and materials;the result is a powerful true sine wave inverter (Phoenix Inverter) anda powerful and reliable four stage adaptive charger.
PHOENIX MULTIPLUSThe Plus function is available for some Phoenix Multi models (seetable) and allows fully automatic integration to the main energysource (battery bank or generator) if load absorption exceed itscapacity. In the event of a grid failure, or shore or generator power beingdisconnected, the inverter within the Multi is automatically activatedand takes over the supply to the connected loads. This happens so fast(20 milliseconds) that computers and other electronic equipment willcontinue to operate without disruption. This is one of the mostimportant advantage of the Plus function.
PHOENIX MULTIPLUS
(1) Continuous output power at 25°C (2) Suitable for parallel (max 6 parallel units) and 3-phase operation
For a better use of all Phoenix MultiPlus systems, it is necessary to install the Multi Control 16/32 or the Digital MultiControl remote control. It offers power control and power assist (page 137).
PLUS INPUT CONT. OUTPUT BATTERY CHARGE DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMODEL PART No. FUNCTION VOLTAGE POWER(1) OUTPUT INPUT CHARGE H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)
RANGE V A VOLTAGE RANGE CURRENT
375x214x110 10MC 12/800/35-16 64927 X n.a. 9,5 – 16 800 35 A (14.7x8.4x4.3) (22)
375x214x110 10MP C12/1200/50-16 64932 P std. 9,5 – 16 1200 50 A (14.7x8.4x4.3) (22)
375x214x110 10MP C12/1600/70-16 64933 S std. 9,5 – 16 1600 70 A (14.7x8.4x4.3) (22)
362x258x218 18MP C12/2000/80-30 64936 Y std. 9,5 – 16 2000 80 A (14.2x10.1x8.6) (39.7)
362x258x218 18MP 12/3000/120-16(2) 64938 C std. 9,5 – 16 3000 120 A (14.2x10.1x8.6) (39.7)
362x258x218 18MP 12/3000/120-50(2) 66875 R std. 9,5 – 16 3000 120 A (14.2x10.1x8.6) (39.7)
362x258x218 18MC 24/800/16-16 64929 B n.a. 9,5 – 16 800 16 A (14.2x10.1x8.6) (39.7)
375x214x110 10MP C24/1200/25-16 64940 N std. 19,5 – 33 1200 25 A (14.7x8.4x4.3) (22)
375x214x110 10 MP C24/1600/40-16 64941 R std. 19,5 – 33 1600 40 A (14.7x8.4x4.3) (22)
362x258x218 18MP C24/2000/50-30 65725 P std. 19,5 – 33 2000 50 A (14.2x10.1x8.6) (39.7)
362x258x218 18 MP 24/3000/70-16(2) 64944 X std. 19,5 – 33 3000 70 A (14.2x10.1x8.6) (39.7)
362x258x218 18MP 24/3000/70-50(2) 64945 Z std. 19,5 – 33 3000 70 A (14.2x10.1x8.6) (39.7))
230V
AC
± 2%
50
Hz
± 2%
187-
265
V A
C /
45-5
5 H
z
Standard featuresAluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit board protection with an acrylic coating, forced coolingwith temperature sensors, protection against: output short circuit, overload, low battery voltage, high battery voltage,reverse polarity, reverse voltage on output, input voltage ripple, high temperature, 16 A relay for fast switching (20 ms)of the line.
67
134
DC-
DC
CON
VER
TERS
ORION DC-DC CONVERTERS
Orion DC/DC Converters are designed to deliver a stable 12 Volt supply from a 24 Volt system. An inferior supply cancause irreparable damage to 12 Volt system, but the use of an Orion voltage converter prevents such problems. Next toconverters from 24V to 12V, a wide range of other models is available.
ORION DC-DC ORION DC-DC ISOLATED
ISOLATION TRANSFORMERSThe isolation transformer eliminates any electrical continuity betweenAC shore power and the ship. It is essential for safety and eliminatesthe need for galvanic isolators and polarity alarms. The shore power isfed to the primary side of the transformer and the ship is connected tothe secondary. The isolation transformer completely isolates the boatfrom the shore ground. By connecting all metal parts to the neutraloutput on the secondary side of the transformer, a GFCI (ground faultcurrent interrupter) will trip or a fuse will blow in case of a shortcircuit.
FeaturesAluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit boardprotection with an acrylic coating, toroidal transformer.
ISOLATION TRANSFORMER
NON ISOLATED ORION CONVERTERS
MODEL PART No. WATTAGE DIMENSIONS WEIGHTH x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)
2000 W 115/230 V 64969 P 2000 W 375x214x110 (14.8x8.4x4.3) 10 (22.0)
3600W 115/230 V 64970 Y 3600 W 362x258x218 (14.2x10.1x8.5) 23 (50.7)
7000W 230 V 64972 C 7000 W 362x258x218 (14.2x10.1x8.5) 24 (52.9)
INPUT VOLTAGE OUTPUT MAX OUTPUT TEMPERATURE DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMODEL PART No. RANGE - Vcc VOLTAGE - VDC CURRENT CONTROL H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)
Orion 24/12-5 64949 H 18-35 13,2 5.5 no 49x88x68 (1.9x3.5x2.7) 0.17 (0.37)
Orion 24/12-8 64950 S 18-35 13,2 8 no 49x88x98 (1.9x3.5x3.9) 0.25 (0.55)
Orion 24/12-12 64951 U 20-35 13,2 12 no 49x88x98 (1.9x3.5x3.9) 0.26 (0.57)
Orion 24/12-20 64952 W 20-35 13,8 20 no 49x88x126 (1.9x3.5x5.0) 0.48 (1.1)
Orion 24/12-30 64953 Y 20-35 13,8 30 si 49x88x151 (1.9x3.5x5.9) 0.60 (1.3)
Orion 24/12-60 64954 A 20-35 13,8 60 si 88x100x180 (3.5x4.0x7.0) 1.20 (2.6)
Orion 12/24-7 64955 C 9-18 24 7 no 49x88x98 (1.9x3.5x3.9) 0.30 (0.7)
Orion 12/24-10 64956 E 9-18 24 10 no 49x88x126 (1.9x3.5x5.0) 0.40 (0.9)
ISOLATED (xx = input: 2,24 V DC - yy = output: 12 or 24 V DC
Orion xx/yy-100 - 12-24 12,5/24 100 W no 49x88x152 (1.9x3.5x6.0) 0.50 (1.1)
Orion xx/yy-200 - 12-24 12,5/24 200 W si 49x88x182 (1.9x3.5x7.2) 0.60 (1.3)
Orion xx/yy-360 - 12-24 12,5/24 360 W si 64x163x160 (2.5x6.4x6.3) 1.40 (3.1)
ISOLATED ORION CONVERTERS
135Battery isolators allow simultaneous charging of two or more batteries from one alternators,without connecting the batteries together. Discharging the accessory battery for example willnot result in also discharging the starter battery.
ACC
ESSO
RIES
ACCESSORIES
BATTERY ISOLATORS
BMV 600 AND BMV 602 BATTERY MONITORSThe BMV 600 and BMV 602 features an advanced microprocessorcontrol system combined with high resolution measuring systems forbattery voltage and charge/discharge current. It can display: voltage,charge/discharge current, state of charge of the battery (in Ah or %),remaining charge. Standard with connection cables and shunt.
Mounting hole: 52mm (2”)
BMV 600 - 66164 E - monitoring1 batteryBMV 602 - 66409 J - monitoring 2 batteries
ARGO – DIODE BATTERY ISOLATORSThe Argo battery isolators feature a low voltage drops thanks tom the use of Schottky diodes:at low current the voltage drop is approximately 0,3V and at the rated output approximately0,45V. All models are fitted with a compensation diode that can be used to slightly increase theoutput voltage of the alternator. This compensates for the voltage drop over the diodes in theisolator.
ARGO FET BATTERY ISOLATORS: NO VOLTAGE LOSSDifferently from diode battery isolators, FET isolators have virtually no voltageloss. Voltage drop is less then 0,02 Volt at low current and averages 0,1 Volt athigher currents.When using ARGO FET battery isolators, there is no need to also increase theoutput voltage of the alternator. Care should be taken however to keep cablelengths short and of sufficient cross section.
BMV 600 / BMV602
ARGO
ARGO FET
MAX CHARGE ALTERNATOR No. of DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMOD. PART No. CURRENT MAX CURRENT BATTERIES H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)
60x120x80 0.8702SC 64983 H 50A 70A 2 (2.4x4.7x3.2) (1.8)
60x120x150 1.2903SC 64984 K 70A 90A 3 (2.4x4.7x6.0) (2.6)
60x120x100 0.81202SC 64985 M 100A 120A 2 (2.4x4.7x3.9) (1.8)
60x120x150 1.21203SC 64986 P 100A 120A 3 (2.4x4.7x6.0) (2.6)
60x120x150 1.21602SC 64987 S 130A 160A 2 (2.4x4.7x6.0) (2.6)
60x120x200 51603SC 64988 U 130A 160A 3 (2.4x4.7x7.9) (3.3)
MAX CHARGE ALTERNATOR No. of DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMOD. PART No. CURRENT MAX CURRENT BATTERIES H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)
60x120x150 1.21002-FET 64989 W 100A 100A 2 (2.4x4.7x6.0) (2.6)
60x120x150 1.21003-FET 64990 E 100A 100A 3 (2.4x4.7x6.0) (2.6)
60x120x150 1.22002-FET 64991 G 200A 200A 2 (2.4x4.7x6.0) (2.6)
60x120x150 1.22003-FET 64992 J 200A 200A 3 (2.4x4.7x6.0) (2.6)
68
136
ACC
ESSO
RIES
BP-40i and BP-60i BP-200i
CONTINUOUS CONNECT DISCONNECT DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMODEL PART No. CURRENT VOLTAGE VOLTAGE H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)
A V
46x46x80 0.11X80/24 64994 N 80 26.4 25.6 (1.8x1.8x3.2) (0.24)
13÷13.8V 11÷12.8V 46x46x80 0.11Xi 12/24-100 66245 E 100 e 26÷27.6V e 22÷25.7V (1.8x1.8x3.2) (0.24)
46x93x96 0.3X 160/12 64995 R 160 13.2 12.8 (1.8x3.7x3.8) (0.7)
46x93x96 0.3X 160/24 64996 T 160 26.4 25.6 (1.8x3.7x3.8) (0.7)
78x102x110 0.9X 400/12 64997 V 400 13.2 12.8 (3.1x4.0x4.4) (2.0)
78x102x110 0.9X 400/24 64998 X 400 26.4 25.6 (3.1x4.0x4.4) (2.0)
CIRYX – MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLED BATTERY COMBINER
BATTERY PROTECTION
No voltage lossCyrix battery separators are an excellent replacementfor diode isolators. The main feature is that there isvirtually no voltage loss so that the output voltage ofalternators or battery chargers does not need to beincreased.
Prioritising the starter batteryIn a typical setup the alternator is directly connectedto the starter battery. The accessory battery andpossibly also a bow thruster and other batteries areeach connected to the starter battery by Ciryx batterycombiners.When a Ciryx senses that the starter battery hasreached its connect voltage will engage, to allow forparallel charging of the other batteries.
Bidirectional voltage sensingThe Ciryx senses the voltage of both connectedbatteries. It will therefore also engage if for examplethe accessory battery has been charged by a batterycharger.
Parallel connection in case of emergencyThe Cyrix can also be engaged with a switch toconnect manually batteries in parallel. This isespecially useful in case of emergency when thestarter battery is discharged or damaged.
12/24V auto ranging with Cyrix-iThe Cyrix-i 12/24-100 automatically detects systemvoltage.
The Cyrix battery combiner is a microprocessor controlled heavy duty relay that automatically connects batteries in parallel when one ofthem has reached a preset voltage (indicating that the battery has been charged) and disconnects when the voltage decreases below floatlevel (indicating that one or more batteries have been discharged).
The Victron battery protection disconnects thebattery from non essencial loads bifore it iscompletely discharged (which would damagethe battery) or bifore it has insufficient powerleft to crank the engine.
MAX CONTINUOUS PEAK OPERATING LOAD DISCONNECT DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMOD. PART No. CURRENT CURRENT VOLTAGE RANGE DELAY H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)
80x60x40 0.2BP-40i 66038 Z 40A 120A 6-35V 1 minute (3.2x2.4x1.6) (0.5)
80x60x40 0.2BP-60i 65000 S 60A 120A 6-35V 1 minute (3.2x2.4x1.6) (0.5)
60x120x110 0.8BP-200i 66246 G 200A 480A 6-35V 1 minute (2.4x4.7x4.3) (1.8)
CYRIX
newnew
137
ACC
ESSO
RIES
REMOTE CONTROL PANELS AND CONNECTION CABLES
PHOENIX CCVE.Bus Multi Control
MODEL PART No. DESCRIPTION
DMC 66717 W Digital Multi Control
VE.Bus MC 16/200A 66247 J VE.Bus Multi Control 16/200A panel
VE.Bus MC 30/200A 66248 L VE.Bus Multi Control 30/200A panel
Phoenix DUO MC-16A 65003 Y Phoenix DUO Multi Control 16A panel
Phoenix DUO MC-30A 65004 A Phoenix DUO Multi Control 30A panel
Phoenix CC Inverter 65005 C Phoenix Inverter Control panel
Phoenix RC Inverter 66202 K Remote Control for 750VA Phoenix Inverter - 3m cable
Phoenix CC Charger 65006 E Phoenix Charger Control panel
Skylla CC 65007 G Skylla Control panell
CW 65008 J On-Off Skylla switch
BA 65009 L Battery alarm panel
CONTROL PANELS
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH66138 D Filax transfer switch CE 50Hz (up to 3500W)shore/inverter
MODEL PART No. DESCRIPTION
UTP-5 65010 V UTP 5 m cable
UTP-10 65011 X UTP 10 m cable
UTP-15 65012 Z UTP 15 m cable
UTP-20 65013 B UTP 20 m cable
UTP-25 65014 D UTP 25 m cable
UTP-30 65015 F UTP 30 m cable
3-PH 65017 K Connection Kit in 3-phase operation
RS232/MK.2b 65018 M Connection Kit RS232/MK.2b Victron Interface
USB/RS232 65019 P Converter USB/RS232
CABLES AND CONNECTION KITS
■ Stainless steel male plug, 3 poles with cover IP67 rating
MP16-10 – 66730M – 16AMP32-10 – 66731P – 32A
DMC - Digital Multi Control
■ Waterproof IP67 shore power cable complete with plugand connector
■ LED power indicator light■ Protection cap on female connector■ Stainless steel male plug■ CE certified
SHORE CABLES WITH MOULDED PLUG AND CONNECTOR
MODEL
2821
2822
Part No.
66732 S
66738 E
DESCRIPTION
Shore Power Cord 3x2,5 - 15m (49.2’) 16A/250V
Shore Power Cord 3x2,5 - 25m (82.0’) 16A/250A
2836
2832
66733 U
66739 G
Shore Power Cord 3x4 - 15m (49.2’) 32A/250V
Shore Power Cord 3x4 - 25m (82.0’) 32A/250A
SHORE POWER CABLES WITHOUT TERMINALS
MODEL
70031/50
70032/50
Part No.
66824 X
66826 B
DESCRIPTION
Shore Power Cord 3 x 2,5 mm² - 50m spool
Shore Power Cord 3 x 4,0 mm² - 50m spool
70033/50
70034/50
66827 D
66828 F
Shore Power Cord 3 x 6,0 mm² - 50m spool
Shore Power Cord 3 x 10,0 mm² - 50m spool
16AMP/250V & 32AMP/250V - SHORE POWER CABLES
69
138
BATT
ERIE
SBATTERIES
AGM
GEL
Deep cycle AGM batteries are more suitable for short-time delivery of very high currents (engine starting) than gelbatteries. Life: 7 – 10 years
*value for 10 hours of discharging
GEL deep cycle batteries. Life: 12 years
AGM Type PART No. CAPACITY* DIMENSIONS WEIGHTW x D x H mm (“) kg (lbs)
12/12 65020 Y 12 Ah 151x98x101 (5.9x3.8x4.0) 4.1 (9.0)
12/35 65021 A 35 Ah 197x130x180 (7.7x5.1x7.1) 11 (24.2)
12/55 65022 C 55 Ah 299x138x230 (11.7x5.4x9.0) 20 (44.0)
12/60 65023 E 60 Ah 260x168x233 (10.2x6.6x9.2) 21 (46.3)
12/80 65024 G 80 Ah 260x168x233 (10.2x6.6x9.2) 27 (59.5)
12/100 65645 S 100 Ah 224x171x330 (8.8x6.7x13.0) 33 (72.7)
12/120 65025 J 120 Ah 409x176x225 (16.1x6.9x8.8) 38 (83.7)
12/150 65026 L 150 Ah 485x172x240 (19.1x6.7x9.4) 47 (103.6)
12/200 65027 N 200 Ah 522x238x238 (20.5x9.3x9.3) 65 (143.0)
GEL Type PART No. CAPACITY* DIMENSIONS WEIGHTW x D x H mm (“) kg (lbs)
12/55 65028 R 55 Ah 299x138x230 (11.7x5.4x9.0) 20 (44.0)
12/60 65029 T 60 Ah 260x168x233 (10.2x6.6x9.2) 21 (46.3)
12/80 65030 B 80 Ah 260x168x233 (10.2x6.6x9.2) 26 (57.3)
12/100 65646 U 100 Ah 224x171x330 (8.8x6.7x12.9) 33 (72.7)
12/120 65031 D 120 Ah 409x176x225 (16.1x6.9x8.8) 38 (83.7)
12/150 65032 F 150 Ah 485x172x240 (19.1x6.7x9.4) 48 (103.6)
12/200 65033 H 200 Ah 522x238x238 (20.5x9.3x9.3) 66 (143.0)
GEL 2 V DC Type PART No. CAPACITY* DIMENSIONS WEIGHTW x D x H mm (“) kg (lbs)
2/800 65034 K 800 Ah 710x215x193 (27.9x8.5x7.6) 56 (123.4)
2/1000 65035 M 1000 Ah 710x215x235 (27.9x8.5x9.2) 68 (150)
2/1500 65036 P 1500 Ah 855x215x277 (33.6x8.5x10.9) 109 (240)
2/2000 65037 S 2000 Ah 815x215x400 (32.1x8.5x15.7) 138 (304)
2/3000 65038 U 3000 Ah 815x215x580 (32.1x8.5x22.8) 202 (445)
*value for 10 hours of discharging
GEL long life 2Vcc batteries with lead calcium grids. Life: 20 years.
*value for 10 hours of discharging
139
MER
MA
ID -
MA
RIN
E A
IR70
140
MER
MA
ID –
CO
MPA
CT A
IR C
ON
DIT
ION
ERS
Mermaid has been one of the first airconditioning system manufacturers employingfor their units the very quiet, compact andreliable rotation compressors.
The innovative choice to place condensationpan only near evaporator allows to avoidcontact with water and/or moisture of electricand/or sensitive elements which could bedamaged.
Thermostats and electric control elements arestandard and very easy to find on the market.
All models are delivered with built in digitalthermostat and a clear and completeinstallation and operation manual.
Furthermore Uflex gives a large series ofaccessories to customize the system to theboat where has to be installed.
Warranty: 2 years
MERMAID®
COMPACT AIR CONDITIONERS(SELF CONTAINED)
FEATURES M6 M9 M12 M16 M24
Part No. (right air outlet) 66219 D 66220 M 66221 P 66222 S 66561 R
Part No. (left air outlet) 66545 T 66546 V 66543 N 66544 R N. D.
Capacity Btu/hr 6.500 9.000 12.000 16.500 24.000
Kcal/hr 1.638 2.260 3.023 4.160 6.050
Power absorption kW 0,825 0,880 1,254 1,485 2,5
Return grille minimum
surface area cm2460 640 770 930 1.100
Supply grille minimum
surface area cm2200 300 450 500 900
Air flow cfm 265 320 382 485 820
m3/hr 450 540 650 825 1.393
Collar diameter mm (“) 100 (4) 150 (6) 150 (6) 150 (6) 200 (8)
Water flow l/min 15 15 20 22 32
Height cm (“) 29.2 (11.5) 29.2 (11.5) 34.9 (13.7) 34.9 (13.7) 34.9 (13.7)
Length cm (“) 40.6 (16.0) 40.6 (16.0) 50.2 (19.8) 50.2 (19.8) 58.4 (23.0)
Depth cm (“) 29.2 (11.5) 29.2 (11.5) 33 (13.0) 34.3 (13.5) 43.2 (17.0)
Weight kg (lbs) 20.2 (45) 21.7 (48) 29.7 (66) 30.6 (68) 41,5 (92)
WHEN SELECTING THE SEA WATER PUMP, PLEASE CONSIDER THAT THE PIPE LENGTH AFFECTS FLOW RATE: A LENGTH OFABOUT 3 m (9.8’) ARE EQUIVALENT TO 30 cm (11.8”) OF HEAD.
M9-R
FX-1 - 66562 T
141
MER
MA
ID –
CO
MPA
CT A
IR C
ON
DIT
ION
ERS
Smallest footprint on the market and weighs in at 31.5lbs. for the unit, and 4.7 lbs for electrical box. This unithas a rotatable blower and tapers down to a “V” shapefor those odd angle discharge installations. We use 4”ducting and recommend a minimum of 2,4” round supplygrills with this installation.
This unit will run off the new Honda eu1000i 1,000 wattportable generator, while in cool mode. Another option isto use a Victron 1,000 watt inverter and 400 Amp hours ofbattery power and you can anchor out (one average) forone night.
This unit is ideal for the “tight fit” installations and is awelcomed addition to larger vessels for individual climatecontrolled cabins. The Mermaid Model “M5” has a rotableblower so, no Air Discharge option is necessary.On average, this unit is designed to cool cruisers up to 26’and sailboats up to 28’.All M5 models include a programmable digitalthermostat.Pump not included.
TECHNICAL FEATURES■ Cool = 2.5 Amps ■ Add approximately one Amp for the standard seawater
pumps ■ Start up amperage is calculated by running amperage
multiplied by 1.8 ■ Air conditioning for yachts 24’ up to 30’ ■ Cool only unit ■ Fx-1 Digital Thermostat included■ Dimensions LxDxH: 29x38x29 cm (11.5”x15”x11.5”)■ Weight: 16,4 kg (36.2 lbs)
M5 – 5.200 BTU CABIN AIR CONDITIONER
SEAWATER PUMPS
M5 - 66547 X
PMD-221 – 63426T ■ Seawater centrifugal Pump■ Flow rate: 15 l/min (4.0 GPM)■ Max Head: 2,6 m (8.5’)
PMD-371 – 63570A ■ Seawater centrifugal Pump■ Flow rate: 25 l/min (5.5 GPM)■ Max Head: 3,1 m (10.2’)
PMD-421 – 63344R ■ Seawater Centrifugal Pump■ Flow rate: 35 l/min (9.2 GPM)■ Max Head: 4,0 m (13.1’)
5513-1E01 – 63799K■ Self priming seawater Pump■ Flow rate: 5 - 20 l/min (1.3 – 9.0 GPM)■ Self priming up to 3,0 m (9.8’)
ATTENTION Uflex recommends the use of a seawater in-line strainer to be installed between the seacock and the pump.Please contact our Technical Service to select the most suitable strainer to the application
62527U – In-line Strainer61124E – In-line Strainer63185X – In-line Strainer
M5 - 66547 X
71
PLENUM
DELIVERY GRILLE
CONTROL PANEL
CONNECTION CABLE
RETURN FRAME
CONNECTION BOX
MOUNTING HARDWARE
DRAIN
RAW WATER OUTLET
THRU-HULL
SEA WATERPUMP
STRAINER
VALVE
AIR DUCT
COMPACTUNIT
142
AIR
CO
ND
ITIO
NIN
G S
YST
EM A
CCES
SORI
ESAIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ACCESSORIES
Uflex offers a large range of accessories for airconditioning systems, useful to properly installboth small and large systems. For theaccessory selection it is very important tofollow instructions given for each type ofequipment.
"T" & "Y" adaptersTo be directly connected on evaporatorscoupling flange; allow to divert air flow tofeed several de-livery frame. Available inmany inlet-outlet diameters.
"T" & "Y" divertersTo be connected pipe to pipe; allow to divertair flow to feed several delivery frames.Available in many inlet-outlet diameters.
Plenum jointAvailable both with preassembled fittings orcustom version to connect the system to theair ducts. It allows to best manage the air flowentering in the delivery frames.
Return frameAvailable with anodized aluminium finishingor in teak, are employed to ensure a suitableair flow to Fan Coil Split and Chiller and toCompact Air conditioning systems.
Delivery grilles and framesGrilles available with anodized aluminiumfinishing or in teak of several sizes; roundclosing frames black or white to be employedto deliver conditioned air into roomsenvironment.
Flexible insulated duct Available in different diameters, itsemployment is essential not only to improvesystem efficency but also to avoidcondensation sediment inside air ducts.
System diagram
MERMAID - CONDENSATOR - 65138 YOn some boats, you can’t get a condensation drain line down to thebilge. Finally, you no longer have to put up with drainingcondensation water into the bilge or a shower sump. The Condensatoroperates on the venturi principal and “draws” the condensation waterfrom the tray and discards it with the unit’s cooling water. The kitincludes the condensator, a filter, hoses and mounting hardware.
MERMAID – BLEED OFF VALVE - 66548 ZThis is very simple bleed off valve, for installation just beyond the pump. Simply open the valve. Air escapes, and oncewater starts dripping through the bottom, close the valve and the water pump air lock is cleared.
CRD
UFLEX
ENER
GY
EQ
UIP
MEN
T
14372
144
WIN
D G
ENER
ATO
RS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Model: Air Breeze M1 12V Air Breeze M2 24V
Part No.: 66131 N 66166 J
Rotor diameter: 46 in (1.17 m)
Weight: 13 lb (5.9 kg)
Shipping dimensions: 27 x 12.5 x 9 in (686 x 318 x 229 mm) – 17 lb (7.7 kg)
Mount: 1.5 in schedule 401.9 in (48 mm) OD pipe
Start-Up Wind Speed: 6 mph (2.68 m/s)
Voltage: 12 and 24 VDC
Rated power: 200 watts at 28 mph (12.5 m/s)
Turbine controller: Microprocessor-based smart internalregulator with peak power tracking
Body: Cast aluminum
Blades: Injection-molded composite
Overspeed protection: Electronic torque control
kW/Hours per month: 35 kWh/mo at 12 mph (5.4 m/s)
Survival wind speed: 110 mph (49.2 m/s)
Warranty: 3 year limited warranty
AIR BREEZE WIND GENERATORS
EFFICIENCY = ENERGYThe most powerful wind generator in its class.
The all-new Air Breeze: Quieter, more efficient and precision engineeredto deliver more energy at lower wind speeds than any other windgenerator in its class.Today’s sailboats are loaded WITH NEW ELECTRONICS GEAR THATCONSUMES LOTS OF ELECTRICITY. Where do you find that energy? Look tothe wind. When you’re on the water, wind power offers the best and mosteconomical solution to your energy needs.To produce serious electrical output when underway, you can rely on AirBreeze, the new generation of the world’s best-selling small wind turbine.From sailboats to remote seaside cottages, Air generates inexpensiveenergy, right where it’ needed.■ 3 year warranty■ Injection-molded composite blades■ Microprocessor-based smart internal regulator with peak power tracking■ Aircraft-quality aluminum alloy castings■ Brushless neodymium alternator■ Maintenance-free – only two moving parts
Microprocessor-based smart internal regulator with peak power tracking =Improved performance. Optimized energy output. Improved batterycharging. Reduced sound.
3 durable composite blades = Increased reliability and durability. Reducedsound.
Brushless neodymium alternator = More efficient energy delivery with nomaintenance
Only two moving parts = Increased reliability. Reduced need formaintenance
®
145
WIN
D G
ENER
ATO
RS
AIR-X WIND GENERATORS
The NEW AIR-X combines what has made AIR the world’s number oneselling small wind turbine with new technology previously found only intoday’s state-of-art mega-watt-class wind turbines.
All of these features are primarily found within the body of the turbine.The new microprocessor based speed control results in increasedperformance, improved battery charging capability and the elimination of“flutter” noise from the machine. The controller allows for peak-powertracking of the wind by optimizing the alternators output on all points ofthe cubic curve and then efficiently delivers the energy to the battery.Furthermore, a new series of carbon-reinforced blades with a modifiedpitch angle further increases power production.
The AIR-X’s circuit monitors the wind speed and slows the blades as itreaches its rated output preventing it from going into flutter. The result isa much quieter, neighbour friendly wind turbine. In high winds, the AIR-Xwill continue to produce power at a reduced level until the winddecreases, at which point maximum output will resume. Additionally,when the battery has reached its charged state, the AIR-X will slow to analmost complete stop. Only when the battery has dropped below its useradjustable voltage set point will it startup and resume charging.
The AIR-X’s charge controller periodically stops charging, reads the batteryvoltage, compares it to the voltage setting and if the battery is charged, itcompletely shuts off all current going to the battery.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Model: AIR MX1 (12V DC) AIR MX2 (24V DC)
Part No.: 63034 Z 63035 B
Rotor Diameter: 1.15 m - 3.77’
Weight: 6 kg - 13.23 lbs
Mount: Ø 48 mm - 1.9”
Blades: Carbon Fiber Composite
Body: Cast aluminium*
Start-up wind speed: 7 mph (3.13 m/s)
Energy Production: 38 kWh/mp @12mph (5.4 m/s)
Voltage: 12 VDC 24 VDC
Rated Power: 400 watts at 28mph (12.5 m/s)
Warranty: 3 Year Limited Warranty
®
73
146
WIN
D G
ENER
ATO
RSSUPERWIND - 350
The Superwind 350 is a small wind generatorfor professional use, which even underextreme conditions works autonomously andautomatically. It is often used on sites wherethere is no grid available. The electric powergenerated by Superwind charges batteries andcan be used directly for 12V- or 24 V-appliances. There are many industrialappliances on these voltage levels likemeasurement systems, transmitters ornavigational aids. But there are also quite anumber of high-quality energy-savingappliances available, such as energy savinglamps, refrigerators, deep-freezers, waterpumps, ventilators, consumer electronics, TV,radio and navigation equipment, etc.Superwind generators are used in wind/solarhybrid systems to ensure the availability ofpower.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS■ Nominal Power: 350W at 12,5 m/s■ Nominal wind speed: 3,5 m/s■ Cut off wind speed: none■ Rotor diameter: 1,20 m■ Number of blades: 3■ Blade material: CFK■ Rotor speed: 500 - 1300 rpm■ Generator: permanent magnet■ Nominal voltage: 12V DC - 24 V DC■ Speed regulation: rotor blade pitch■ Power regulation: rotor blade pitch■ Brake: generator short-circuit■ Weight: 11,5 Kg■ Rotor thrust (operation): 70 N■ Rotor thrust (extreme wind speed): 200 N
SUPERWIND 350 12V - 65726 SSUPERWIND 350 24V - 65727 U
CHARGE REGULATOR CRM 12V - 65728 WCHARGE REGULATOR CRM 24V - 65729 Y
STOP SWITCH - 65730 G
INSTALLATION KIT - 65731 J
147
FLEX
IBLE
BAT
TERY
CH
ARG
ERS
FLEXCELL SUNSLICK MODULESFlexible and waterproof modules. These solarbattery chargers have been specificallydesigned for marine & yachting applications.The Sunslick can be installed on curvedsurfaces such as hatch covers, boat decks andvehicle roofs, or it can be tied to sail covers,dinghies and canvas awnings. They aresupplied with 3 m cable.Power available: 7, 14 and 27 Wp.
FLEXCELL SUNBOARD MODULESSemi-rigid and waterproof modules. Reallylightweight and unbreakable, these batterychargers are perfect for marine, chalet andcaravan rooftop application. They are suppliedwith 3 m cable.Power available: 7, 14 and 27 Wp.
FLEXCELL SUNPACK MODULESFoldable, lightweight modules. They are idealfor all outdoor activities such as camping andtrekking. Their rolled diameter dimensions are6,5 and 8 cm. They have a waterproof bagand cigarette lighter socket (male andfemale).Power available: 7 and 14 Wp.
The exclusive High Frequency Plasma Technology allows to produce thin, flexible and lightweight modules. UFLEXdistributes Flexcell solar modules developed in the innovative laboratories of VHF-Technologies. These modules are suitable to charge 12V batteries of cars, caravans, boats and small electronic devices such as mobilephones, digital cameras, MP3 players, GPS and handhelds.
FLEXCELLFLEXIBLE, SEMI-RIGID AND FOLDABLE BATTERY CHARGERS
SUNSLICK 27W
SUNBOARD 14W
SUNPACK 14W
SUNSLICK FLEXIBLE MODELS:
SL-7W SL-14W SL-27W
Part no. 65594B 65578D 65595D
P. max (Wp) 6,75 13,5 27
Imp (A) 0,45 0,9 1,8
Voc (V) 15 15 15
Isc (A) 0,6 1,2 2,4
Length (mm) 700 1310 1310
Width (mm) 350 350 642
Weight 0.48 kg 0.9 kg 1.5 kg
SUNBOARD SEMI-RIGID MODELS:
SB-7W SB-14W SB-27W
Part no. 65579F 65580P 65581S
P. max (Wp) 6,75 13,5 27
Imp (A) 0,45 0,9 1,8
Voc (V) 15 15 15
Isc (A) 0,6 1,2 2,4
Length (mm) 700 1310 1310
Width (mm) 350 350 642
Weight 0.72 kg 1.2 kg 2.2 kg
SUNPACK FOLDABLE MODELS:
SP-7W SP-14W
Part no. 65582U 65583W
P. max (Wp) 6,75 13,5
Imp (A) 0,45 0,9
Voc (V) 15 15
Isc (A) 0,6 1,2
Length (mm) 900 1500
Width (mm) 350 350
Weight 0.7 kg 1.1 kg
74
148
MA
RIN
E PV
SO
LAR
MO
DU
LES
Sunware solar modules, without glass, arefunctionally reliable, robust, light-weight,weather-proof and sea-water resistant:therefore they have been specially designedfor marine applications on board. The innovative manufacturing process andthe use, in some cases, of 40 polycrystallinesolar cells instead of 36, make themparticularly suitable to be installed on thedeck of the boat, avoiding vibrations and thenegative effects of high temperature.Self-cleaning and safe to step-on, SUNWAREmodules are easy to bend and can thereforeadhere to the deck (maximum bending 3%,i.e. bending of 3 cm per 1 m long module).Each module is supplied complete withstainless steel back-plate, a sea-water proofand UV resistant cable (3 m long – red/blue2x1.5 mmq), a surrounding edge protectionprofile and mounting stainless steel eyeletsfor easy installation using screws, hooks orropes.Manufacturing process, result of longexperience achieved, includes an individualfinal test for each SUNWARE solar module.All modules are covered by a 3 year warrantyon the power output.
MARINE PV SOLARMODULES
MID CLIPS AND SIDE CLIPS- Part No. 64098 H (2 clips) - Part No. 64099 K (4 clips)
PLUGS, SOCKETS AND CONNECTORS- Male Socket Part No. 64100 R - Female Socket Part No. 64101 T- Plug Part No. 64102 V- Bulkhead kit Part No. 64104 Z
ACCESSORIES:
MODEL SW-3061 SW-3062 SW-3063 SW-3064 SW-3065 SW-3066 SW-3265 SW-3266
P. No. 65103C 65104E 65105G 65106S 65107L 65108N 65109R 65110Z
Rated power Wp 12 18 24 36 48 70 48 70
N° of Cells 40 40 40 40 40 40 80 80
Battery System 12 12 12 12 12 12 24 24
Imp. (A) 0.55 0.83 1.1 1.65 2.2 3.3 1.1 1.6
Voc (V) 24.6 24.6 24.6 24.6 24.6 24.6 49.2 49.2
Isc (A) 0.6 0.89 1.2 1.8 2.4 3.6 1.2 1.7
Dimensions mm (“)* 249 x 467 249 x 642 459 x 467 459 x 638 499 x 838 891 x 638 499 x 838 891 x 638
Dimension (9.8 x 18.4) (9.8 x25.3) (18.0 x 18.4) (18.0 x 25.1) (19.6 x 33.0) (35.0 x 25.1) (19.6 x 33.0) (35.0 x 25.1)
Weight Kg (lbs) 1.2 (2.6) 1.7 (3.7) 2.3 (5.0) 3.1 (6.8) 3.2 (7.0) 6.1 (13.4) 4.5 (9.9) 6.1 (13.4) * Thickness: 5 mm - 0.2”
149
MA
RIN
E PV
SO
LAR
MO
DU
LES
Sunware Compact PV modules, without glassand designed for marine applications, are thebest solution to save space on the deck of aboat thanks to their small size and highpower density.Junction boxes are thin, waterproof and canbe chosen on the left or on the right side.Compact modules (available with a power of48 or 69 Wp) have no eyelets and no thickseals on their sides.Self-cleaning and safe to step on, SunwareCompact modules are easy to bend with amaximum bending of 3% (i.e. bending of 3cm per 1 meter long module).The installation is very easy by using MidClips and Side Clips (optional) (page 164).Compact modules are covered by a 3 yearwarranty on the power output.
COMPACTMARINE PV SOLARMODULES
MODEL SW-5065 SW-5066
65111 B 65112 D
Rated power (Wp) 48 69
Vmp (V) 2.2 3.3
Imp (A) 2.2 3.3
Voc (V) 24.6 24.6
Isc (A) 2.4 3.6
N° of Cells 39 39
Dimensions mm (“) 780 x 460 (30.7 x 18.1) 600 x 890 (23.6 x 35.0)
Weight Kg (lbs) 3.5 (7.7) 5.4 (11.9)
SUNWARE® COMPACTPV Modules
75
150
REG
ULA
TED
MO
DIF
IED
SIN
E W
AV
E IN
VER
TERS
The Sinergex PureWatts series are ratedamong the highest quality regulated modifiedsine wave inverters available. By regulating the AC output, the PW invertersdecrease the level of interference produced bymodified sine wave making the PW seriesperfect for operating equipment like mobileoffice products, televisions, VCR’s, small powertools, laptop computers and many other ACproducts. The PW series offers many otherfeatures like protection against overload, lowbattery voltage, short circuit, and overheating,all with auto-recovery for simple operation.The PW Series includes models of 150, 300 and500 Watts; all models have high surgecapabilities to start the toughest equipment.
PUREWATTS SERIESREGULATED MODIFIEDSINE WAVE INVERTERS
The Sinergex PureCharge series are fullyautomatic and intelligent battery chargers.Using microprocessor and switch-modetechnology, the PureCharge battery chargescarefully assess the battery and then deliverthe optimum charge required.
Being a true 3-stage battery charger, thePureCharge delivers charges in bulkabsorption and float stages, each stagedelivering the optimum charge for the bestperformance and power for your battery.
By incorporating the float charge stage, thePureCharge battery charger allows you to setand forget, while your batteries areautomatically maintained.
BATTERY CHARGERSPURE CHARGE SERIES
SERIES PWE 150 PWE 300 PWE 500 PWE 1000 PWE 2000MODEL 12 24 12 24 12 24 12 24 12 24Part No. 64470 B 64473 H 64471 D 64474 K 64472 F 64475 M 64018 G 64020 T 66321 U 66565 Z
DC input Voltage (V) 10-15 20-30 10-15 20-30 10-15 20-30 10-15 20-30 11-15 22-30
Continuous AC power (W) 150 300 500 1000 2000
Surge AC power (W) 300 600 1000 2000 4000
Optimum efficiency >90% >90% >90% 85% 85%
Low battery alarm (V) 10.7 for 12 V models & 21.4 for 24 V models
Low battery shutdown @ V 10 for 12 V models & 20 for 24 V models
Low battery auto recovery @ V 12 for 12 V models & 24 for 24 V models
No load current draw (A) <0.25 <0.25 <0.25 0.9 0.5 1.1 0.7
Dimensions mm (“) 148 x 95 x 63 165 x 95 x 62 212 x 105 x 63 325 x 180 x 90 418 x 180 x 90
(5.8 x 3.7 x 2.5) (6.5 x 3.7 x 2.4) (8.3 x 4.1 x 2.5) (12.8 x 7.1 x 3.5) (16.4 x 7.1 x 3.5)
Weight kg (lbs) 0.6 (1.3) 0.75 (1.6) 0.9 (1.9) 3.0 (6.6) 4.5 (9.9)
MODEL PC 1012 - 64023 Z PC 0524 - 64123 D
Input Voltage (V c.a.) 100 - 240 100 - 240
Input frequency (Hz) 50-60 50-60
Output power (W) 160 80
Output current (A) 10 5
Output Voltage (V) 12 24
Power factor 0.98
Dimensions mm (“) 210x85x50 (8.3x3.3x1.9)
Weight kg (lbs) 0.9 (1.9)
PWE 2000
PWE 1000
PW-RC64022 X
PC1012 BATTERY CHARGER
PURE
SIN
E W
AV
E IN
VER
TERS
The Sinergex PureSine series of inverters aresome of the most affordable professionalgrade inverters available today. Using thelatest technology in power conversion, theSinergex PureSine inverters deliver clean andefficient true sine wave AC power from your12, 24 or 48 volt source. The true sine wavepower is just like the power you have athome or work and can run the most sensitiveto the toughest equipment.
The PureSine inverters are microprocessorcontrolled and have fully isolated voltageinput and output. They also include advancedperformance features like automaticprotection against overload, overheating, lowbattery, and short circuit.
The Sinergex PureSine series includes modelsranging from 150 watts to 3000 watts ofcontinuous power for both professional andrecreational uses.
PURESINE SERIESTRUE SINE WAVEINVERTERS
SERIES PS 150 PS 300 PS2 700 PS2 1000 PS2 1500MODEL 212 224 212 224 212 224 212 224 212 224
Part No. 64007 B 64522 U 64008 D 64012 U 64492 M 64493 P 64010 P 64014 Y 64494 S 64497 Y
DC input Voltage (V) 10.5-15 21-31 10.5-15 21-31 10.5-15 21-30 10.5-15 21-31 10.5-15 21-31
Continuous AC power (W) 150 300 700 1000 1500
Surge AC power (W) 250 450 1400 1500 2000
Optimum efficiency 90% 93% 91% 94% 90% 93% 90% 93% 89% 92%
Efficiency @ full load 72% 80% 72% 80% 91% 93% 87% 91% 86% 89%
Low battery alarm (V) 10.7 21.4 10.7 21.4 11 22 10.7 21.5 10.7 21.5
Low battery shutdown @ V <10.5 <21.0 <10.5 <21.0 <10.5 <21.0 <10.5 <21.0 <10.5 <21.0
Low battery auto recovery @ V 12.5 25 12.5 25 12.5 25 12.5 25 12.5 25
No load current draw (A) 0.22 0.16 0.23 0.15 1.2 0.6 1.2 0.6 1.3 0.7
Dimensions mm (“) 200 x 132 x 72 295 x 180 x 72 383 x 182 x 89 390 x 275 x 105
Dimensions (7.9 x 5.2 x 2.8) (11.6 x 7.1 x 2.8) (15.1 x7.2 x 3.5) (15.3 x 10.8 x 4.1)
Weight kg (lbs) 2.0 (4.4 ) 3.5 (7.7) 2.7 (5.9) 4.0 (8.8) 7 (15.4)
Thermal cont. cooling fan yes yes yes yes yes
PS150
PS300
PS700
PS2-R6 - 64017 E
PS1500
151
76
152
BATT
ERY
CH
ARG
E RE
GU
LATO
RSCHARGE REGULATORS
CHARGE REGULATORS PROSTAR - SUNSAVERMODELS
ProStar - 15 and 30 serie features■ 3 digits LCD display reading in sequence:
battery current, PV current, loads current.■ Automatic voltage select for either 12 or 24
Volt systems.■ Electronic selection of either a sealed or
flooded battery.■ Full electronic protection against any sequence
of reversed wire connection.■ PV current (Amps): 15 (ProStar-15) and 30
(ProStar-30).■ Load current (Amps): 15 (ProStar-15) and 30
(ProStar-30).■ A button will instantly disconnect/connect all PV
and loads.■ Load disconnect 11.5V, LVD reconnect 12.6V.■ Dimensions mm: 153 X 105 X 55, weight kg 0.34
SunSaver - 6, 10, 20 serie features■ Green Led = battery receiving energy from the
PV modules, Red Led = load disconnectcondition.
■ Full electronic protection against reversed PV,battery or load wire connections.
■ Either a flooded or sealed battery can beselected with a simple jumper.
■ Encapsulated in epoxy compound for service inharsh environment.
■ PV current (Amps): 6.5 (SunSaver-6), 10(SunSaver-10), 20 (SunSaver-20).
■ Load current (Amps): 6 (SunSaver-6), 10(SunSaver-10), 20 (SunSaver-20)
■ Available in 12 / 24 Volt versions.■ Load disconnect 11.5V, LVD reconnect 12.6V■ Dimensions mm: 152 X 56 X 33, weight kg 0.23
TECHICAL SPECIFICATION:
MODEL PS15M PS30M PS15M-48V
Part No. 62643W 61737A 63072H
Rated solar current 15 A 30 A 15 A
Rated load current 15 A 30 A 15 A
System voltage 12 V c.c./24 V c.c. 12 V c.c./24 V c.c. 48 V c.c.
Nominal voltage 12 V 24 V 48 V
Self-consumption 22 mA 25 mA 28 mA
TECHICAL SPECIFICATION:
MODEL SS 6 L SS 10 SS 10 L SS 20 L SS 10 L-24
Part No. 61213E 61415B 61192X 61734U 61938L
Rated solar current 6.5 A 10 A 10 A 20 A 10 A
Rated load current 6 A 10 A 10 A 20 A 10 A
Voltage 12 V c.c. 12 V c.c. 12 V c.c. 12 V c.c. 24 V c.c.
LVD YES NO YES YES YES